1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function 11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "TargetInfo.h" 16 #include "ABIInfo.h" 17 #include "CGCXXABI.h" 18 #include "CGValue.h" 19 #include "CodeGenFunction.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 21 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h" 22 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h" 23 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 24 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 25 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" 26 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 27 28 #include <algorithm> // std::sort 29 30 using namespace clang; 31 using namespace CodeGen; 32 33 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder, 34 llvm::Value *Array, 35 llvm::Value *Value, 36 unsigned FirstIndex, 37 unsigned LastIndex) { 38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source. 39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) { 40 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I); 41 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell); 42 } 43 } 44 45 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) { 46 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) || 47 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 48 } 49 50 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {} 51 52 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT, 53 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 54 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 55 if (!RD) 56 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 57 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD); 58 } 59 60 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T, 61 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 62 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 63 if (!RT) 64 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 65 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI); 66 } 67 68 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const { 69 return CGT.getCXXABI(); 70 } 71 72 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const { 73 return CGT.getContext(); 74 } 75 76 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const { 77 return CGT.getLLVMContext(); 78 } 79 80 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const { 81 return CGT.getDataLayout(); 82 } 83 84 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const { 85 return CGT.getTarget(); 86 } 87 88 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const { 89 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); 90 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind="; 91 switch (TheKind) { 92 case Direct: 93 OS << "Direct Type="; 94 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType()) 95 Ty->print(OS); 96 else 97 OS << "null"; 98 break; 99 case Extend: 100 OS << "Extend"; 101 break; 102 case Ignore: 103 OS << "Ignore"; 104 break; 105 case InAlloca: 106 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex(); 107 break; 108 case Indirect: 109 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign() 110 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal() 111 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign(); 112 break; 113 case Expand: 114 OS << "Expand"; 115 break; 116 } 117 OS << ")\n"; 118 } 119 120 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; } 121 122 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great. 123 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though. 124 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const { 125 // Verified for: 126 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 127 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 128 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin 129 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI) 130 // AArch64 Linux 131 return 32; 132 } 133 134 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 135 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const { 136 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false: 137 // x86_stdcall 138 // MIPS 139 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out. 140 return false; 141 } 142 143 void 144 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 145 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const { 146 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a 147 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or 148 // dynamic. 149 Opt = "-l"; 150 Opt += Lib; 151 } 152 153 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays); 154 155 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it 156 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s). 157 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD, 158 bool AllowArrays) { 159 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield()) 160 return true; 161 162 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 163 164 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off. 165 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty. 166 if (AllowArrays) 167 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 168 if (AT->getSize() == 0) 169 return true; 170 FT = AT->getElementType(); 171 } 172 173 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>(); 174 if (!RT) 175 return false; 176 177 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI. 178 // 179 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the 180 // current ABI. 181 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) 182 return false; 183 184 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays); 185 } 186 187 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty 188 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not 189 /// considered empty. 190 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) { 191 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 192 if (!RT) 193 return 0; 194 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 195 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 196 return false; 197 198 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 199 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 200 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 201 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 202 return false; 203 204 for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) 205 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays)) 206 return false; 207 return true; 208 } 209 210 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single 211 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or 212 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element 213 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never 214 /// considered single element structs. 215 /// 216 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if 217 /// it exists. 218 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) { 219 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType(); 220 if (!RT) 221 return nullptr; 222 223 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 224 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 225 return nullptr; 226 227 const Type *Found = nullptr; 228 229 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 230 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 231 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 232 // Ignore empty records. 233 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 234 continue; 235 236 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct. 237 if (Found) 238 return nullptr; 239 240 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite 241 // cannot be a single element struct. 242 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context); 243 if (!Found) 244 return nullptr; 245 } 246 } 247 248 // Check for single element. 249 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 250 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 251 252 // Ignore empty fields. 253 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 254 continue; 255 256 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element 257 // struct. 258 if (Found) 259 return nullptr; 260 261 // Treat single element arrays as the element. 262 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 263 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1) 264 break; 265 FT = AT->getElementType(); 266 } 267 268 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) { 269 Found = FT.getTypePtr(); 270 } else { 271 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context); 272 if (!Found) 273 return nullptr; 274 } 275 } 276 277 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has 278 // padding beyond the element type. 279 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T)) 280 return nullptr; 281 282 return Found; 283 } 284 285 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 286 // Treat complex types as the element type. 287 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 288 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 289 290 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing 291 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32 292 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.) 293 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() && 294 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 295 return false; 296 297 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 298 return Size == 32 || Size == 64; 299 } 300 301 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be 302 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was 303 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid 304 /// inhibiting optimizations. 305 /// 306 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows 307 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We 308 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend 309 // capable of handling it. 310 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 311 // We can only expand structure types. 312 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 313 if (!RT) 314 return false; 315 316 // We can only expand (C) structures. 317 // 318 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well. 319 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 320 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 321 return false; 322 323 uint64_t Size = 0; 324 325 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 326 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context)) 327 return false; 328 329 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know 330 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still 331 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously. 332 if (FD->isBitField()) 333 return false; 334 335 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType()); 336 } 337 338 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct. 339 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) 340 return false; 341 342 return true; 343 } 344 345 namespace { 346 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific 347 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in 348 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not 349 /// conform to any particular ABI. 350 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 351 public: 352 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 353 354 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 355 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 356 357 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 358 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 359 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 360 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 361 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 362 } 363 364 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 365 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 366 }; 367 368 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 369 public: 370 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 371 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 372 }; 373 374 llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 375 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 376 return nullptr; 377 } 378 379 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 380 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 381 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 382 383 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 384 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 385 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 386 387 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 388 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 389 } 390 391 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 392 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 393 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 394 395 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 396 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 397 398 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 399 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 400 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 401 402 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 403 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 404 } 405 406 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 407 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation 408 // 409 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values 410 // are always passed on the stack. 411 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 412 413 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 414 public: 415 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 416 417 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 418 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 419 420 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 421 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 422 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 423 }; 424 425 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 426 public: 427 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 428 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {} 429 }; 430 431 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 432 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 433 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 434 435 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 436 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 437 } 438 439 llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 440 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 441 return nullptr; 442 } 443 444 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty. 445 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 446 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 447 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 448 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 449 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 450 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 451 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 452 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 453 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) { 454 // Floating-point types don't go inreg. 455 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 456 } 457 458 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 459 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 460 } 461 462 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 463 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 464 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 465 466 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack. 467 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 468 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 469 470 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 471 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 472 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 473 474 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 475 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 476 } 477 478 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type. 479 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) { 480 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>. 481 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 && 482 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && 483 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64; 484 } 485 486 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 487 StringRef Constraint, 488 llvm::Type* Ty) { 489 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) { 490 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) { 491 // Invalid MMX constraint 492 return nullptr; 493 } 494 495 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 496 } 497 498 // No operation needed 499 return Ty; 500 } 501 502 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 503 // X86-32 ABI Implementation 504 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 505 506 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang. 507 struct CCState { 508 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0) {} 509 510 unsigned CC; 511 unsigned FreeRegs; 512 unsigned StackOffset; 513 bool UseInAlloca; 514 }; 515 516 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information. 517 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 518 enum Class { 519 Integer, 520 Float 521 }; 522 523 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4; 524 525 bool IsDarwinVectorABI; 526 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI; 527 bool IsWin32StructABI; 528 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 529 530 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) { 531 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64); 532 } 533 534 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const; 535 536 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 537 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 538 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const; 539 540 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const; 541 542 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack. 543 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const; 544 545 Class classify(QualType Ty) const; 546 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 547 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 548 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const; 549 550 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use 551 /// inalloca. 552 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; 553 554 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 555 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info, 556 QualType Type) const; 557 558 public: 559 560 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 561 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 562 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 563 564 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w, 565 unsigned r) 566 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p), 567 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {} 568 }; 569 570 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 571 public: 572 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 573 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r) 574 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {} 575 576 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI( 577 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts); 578 579 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 580 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 581 582 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 583 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH. 584 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5; 585 return 4; 586 } 587 588 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 589 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 590 591 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 592 StringRef Constraint, 593 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 594 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 595 } 596 597 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue, 598 std::string &Constraints, 599 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 600 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 601 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, 602 std::string &AsmString, 603 unsigned NumOutputs) const override; 604 605 llvm::Constant * 606 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 607 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 608 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 609 ('F' << 16) | 610 ('T' << 24); 611 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 612 } 613 614 }; 615 616 } 617 618 /// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints. 619 /// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output, 620 /// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1: 621 /// mov $0, $1 622 /// mov eax, $1 623 /// The result will be: 624 /// mov $0, $2 625 /// mov eax, $2 626 static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn, 627 unsigned NumNewOuts, 628 std::string &AsmString) { 629 std::string Buf; 630 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf); 631 size_t Pos = 0; 632 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) { 633 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos); 634 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos) 635 DollarStart = AsmString.size(); 636 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart); 637 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos) 638 DollarEnd = AsmString.size(); 639 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos); 640 Pos = DollarEnd; 641 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart; 642 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) { 643 // We have an operand reference. 644 size_t DigitStart = Pos; 645 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart); 646 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos) 647 DigitEnd = AsmString.size(); 648 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart); 649 unsigned OperandIndex; 650 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) { 651 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn) 652 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts; 653 OS << OperandIndex; 654 } else { 655 OS << OperandStr; 656 } 657 Pos = DigitEnd; 658 } 659 } 660 AsmString = std::move(OS.str()); 661 } 662 663 /// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers. 664 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs( 665 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints, 666 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 667 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 668 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString, 669 unsigned NumOutputs) const { 670 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType()); 671 672 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is 673 // larger. 674 if (!Constraints.empty()) 675 Constraints += ','; 676 if (RetWidth <= 32) { 677 Constraints += "={eax}"; 678 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty); 679 } else { 680 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX. 681 Constraints += "=A"; 682 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty); 683 } 684 685 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size. 686 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth); 687 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy); 688 689 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer. 690 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(), 691 CoerceTy->getPointerTo())); 692 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot); 693 694 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString); 695 } 696 697 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be 698 /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI). 699 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, 700 ASTContext &Context) const { 701 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 702 703 // Type must be register sized. 704 if (!isRegisterSize(Size)) 705 return false; 706 707 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 708 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in 709 // registers. 710 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128) 711 return false; 712 713 return true; 714 } 715 716 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or 717 // member function pointer it is ok. 718 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() || 719 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() || 720 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) 721 return true; 722 723 // Arrays are treated like records. 724 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) 725 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context); 726 727 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 728 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 729 if (!RT) return false; 730 731 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too. 732 733 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be 734 // passed in a register. 735 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) { 736 // Empty fields are ignored. 737 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 738 continue; 739 740 // Check fields recursively. 741 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context)) 742 return false; 743 } 744 return true; 745 } 746 747 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const { 748 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 749 // integer register. 750 if (State.FreeRegs) { 751 --State.FreeRegs; 752 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 753 } 754 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 755 } 756 757 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const { 758 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 759 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 760 761 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { 762 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers. 763 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 764 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 765 766 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in 767 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM 768 // backend will like. 769 if (Size == 128) 770 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get( 771 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2)); 772 773 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose 774 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element. 775 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 776 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 777 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 778 Size)); 779 780 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 781 } 782 783 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 784 } 785 786 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 787 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 788 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 789 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 790 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 791 } 792 793 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect. 794 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 795 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 796 797 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned 798 // in a register. 799 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) { 800 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 801 802 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and 803 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a 804 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.) 805 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the 806 // quality of the generated IR. 807 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext())) 808 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType()) 809 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) 810 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); 811 812 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead 813 // padding. 814 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size)); 815 } 816 817 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 818 } 819 820 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 821 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 822 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 823 824 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 825 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 826 } 827 828 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 829 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 830 } 831 832 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 833 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 834 if (!RT) 835 return 0; 836 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 837 838 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 839 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 840 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 841 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType())) 842 return false; 843 844 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) { 845 QualType FT = i->getType(); 846 847 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 848 return true; 849 850 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 851 return true; 852 } 853 854 return false; 855 } 856 857 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, 858 unsigned Align) const { 859 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI 860 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this. 861 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes) 862 return 0; // Use default alignment. 863 864 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4. 865 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) { 866 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top. 867 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 868 } 869 870 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16. 871 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) || 872 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty))) 873 return 16; 874 875 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 876 } 877 878 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, 879 CCState &State) const { 880 if (!ByVal) { 881 if (State.FreeRegs) { 882 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer. 883 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false); 884 } 885 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false); 886 } 887 888 // Compute the byval alignment. 889 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 890 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign); 891 if (StackAlign == 0) 892 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true); 893 894 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the 895 // argument. 896 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign; 897 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign); 898 } 899 900 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const { 901 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 902 if (!T) 903 T = Ty.getTypePtr(); 904 905 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 906 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind(); 907 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double) 908 return Float; 909 } 910 return Integer; 911 } 912 913 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, 914 bool &NeedsPadding) const { 915 NeedsPadding = false; 916 Class C = classify(Ty); 917 if (C == Float) 918 return false; 919 920 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 921 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32; 922 923 if (SizeInRegs == 0) 924 return false; 925 926 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) { 927 State.FreeRegs = 0; 928 return false; 929 } 930 931 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; 932 933 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) { 934 if (Size > 32) 935 return false; 936 937 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 938 return true; 939 940 if (Ty->isPointerType()) 941 return true; 942 943 if (Ty->isReferenceType()) 944 return true; 945 946 if (State.FreeRegs) 947 NeedsPadding = true; 948 949 return false; 950 } 951 952 return true; 953 } 954 955 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 956 CCState &State) const { 957 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments. 958 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 959 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 960 // Check with the C++ ABI first. 961 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()); 962 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) { 963 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State); 964 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) { 965 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later. 966 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0); 967 } 968 969 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain. 970 if (IsWin32StructABI) 971 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 972 973 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 974 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 975 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 976 } 977 978 // Ignore empty structs/unions. 979 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 980 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 981 982 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext(); 983 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext); 984 bool NeedsPadding; 985 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) { 986 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 987 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32); 988 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements); 989 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result); 990 } 991 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr; 992 993 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout 994 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the 995 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many 996 // optimizations. 997 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 && 998 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext())) 999 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding( 1000 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall, PaddingType); 1001 1002 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1003 } 1004 1005 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1006 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing 1007 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64. 1008 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 1009 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1010 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 1011 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 1012 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 1013 Size)); 1014 } 1015 1016 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty))) 1017 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64)); 1018 1019 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1020 } 1021 1022 1023 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1024 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1025 1026 bool NeedsPadding; 1027 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding); 1028 1029 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { 1030 if (InReg) 1031 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(); 1032 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 1033 } 1034 if (InReg) 1035 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(); 1036 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1037 } 1038 1039 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1040 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention()); 1041 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) 1042 State.FreeRegs = 2; 1043 else if (FI.getHasRegParm()) 1044 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm(); 1045 else 1046 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 1047 1048 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 1049 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State); 1050 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) { 1051 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the 1052 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate. 1053 if (State.FreeRegs) { 1054 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register. 1055 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true); 1056 } 1057 } 1058 1059 bool UsedInAlloca = false; 1060 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 1061 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State); 1062 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca); 1063 } 1064 1065 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite 1066 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca. 1067 if (UsedInAlloca) 1068 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI); 1069 } 1070 1071 void 1072 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 1073 unsigned &StackOffset, 1074 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const { 1075 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct"); 1076 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size()); 1077 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type)); 1078 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity(); 1079 1080 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4 1081 // byte aligned. 1082 if (StackOffset % 4U) { 1083 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset; 1084 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U); 1085 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset; 1086 assert(NumBytes); 1087 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()); 1088 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes); 1089 FrameFields.push_back(Ty); 1090 } 1091 } 1092 1093 static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) { 1094 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone. 1095 switch (Info.getKind()) { 1096 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 1097 return true; 1098 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 1099 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal()); 1100 return true; 1101 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 1102 return false; 1103 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 1104 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 1105 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 1106 if (Info.getInReg()) 1107 return false; 1108 return true; 1109 } 1110 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum"); 1111 } 1112 1113 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1114 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32"); 1115 1116 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory. 1117 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields; 1118 1119 unsigned StackOffset = 0; 1120 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end(); 1121 1122 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary. 1123 bool IsThisCall = 1124 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall; 1125 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo(); 1126 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall && 1127 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) { 1128 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1129 ++I; 1130 } 1131 1132 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory. 1133 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) { 1134 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType()); 1135 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy); 1136 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax. 1137 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI); 1138 } 1139 1140 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx. 1141 if (IsThisCall) 1142 ++I; 1143 1144 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct. 1145 for (; I != E; ++I) { 1146 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info)) 1147 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1148 } 1149 1150 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields, 1151 /*isPacked=*/true)); 1152 } 1153 1154 llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1155 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 1156 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 1157 1158 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1159 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 1160 "ap"); 1161 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 1162 1163 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned 1164 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity(); 1165 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align); 1166 Align = std::max(Align, 4U); 1167 if (Align > 4) { 1168 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align; 1169 llvm::Value *Offset = 1170 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 1171 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 1172 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, 1173 CGF.Int32Ty); 1174 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align); 1175 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 1176 Addr->getType(), 1177 "ap.cur.aligned"); 1178 } 1179 1180 llvm::Type *PTy = 1181 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 1182 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 1183 1184 uint64_t Offset = 1185 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align); 1186 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 1187 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 1188 "ap.next"); 1189 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 1190 1191 return AddrTyped; 1192 } 1193 1194 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI( 1195 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) { 1196 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86); 1197 1198 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) { 1199 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default: 1200 break; 1201 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return 1202 return false; 1203 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return 1204 return true; 1205 } 1206 1207 if (Triple.isOSDarwin()) 1208 return true; 1209 1210 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 1211 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly: 1212 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD: 1213 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD: 1214 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig: 1215 return true; 1216 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 1217 switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) { 1218 case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment: 1219 case llvm::Triple::Cygnus: 1220 case llvm::Triple::GNU: 1221 case llvm::Triple::MSVC: 1222 return true; 1223 default: 1224 return false; 1225 } 1226 default: 1227 return false; 1228 } 1229 } 1230 1231 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1232 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1233 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1234 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1235 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) { 1236 // Get the LLVM function. 1237 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 1238 1239 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16. 1240 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 1241 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16); 1242 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1243 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 1244 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1245 B)); 1246 } 1247 } 1248 } 1249 1250 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 1251 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1252 llvm::Value *Address) const { 1253 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1254 1255 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 1256 1257 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different 1258 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same. 1259 // 8 is %eip. 1260 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8); 1261 1262 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { 1263 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4. 1264 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on 1265 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type. 1266 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16); 1267 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16); 1268 1269 } else { 1270 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some 1271 // reason. 1272 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9)); 1273 1274 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5. 1275 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on 1276 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type. 1277 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12); 1278 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16); 1279 } 1280 1281 return false; 1282 } 1283 1284 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1285 // X86-64 ABI Implementation 1286 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1287 1288 1289 namespace { 1290 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information. 1291 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1292 enum Class { 1293 Integer = 0, 1294 SSE, 1295 SSEUp, 1296 X87, 1297 X87Up, 1298 ComplexX87, 1299 NoClass, 1300 Memory 1301 }; 1302 1303 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm. 1304 /// 1305 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field 1306 /// classification \arg Field. 1307 /// 1308 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should 1309 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge 1310 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller 1311 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate). 1312 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field); 1313 1314 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm. 1315 /// 1316 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to 1317 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary. 1318 /// 1319 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in 1320 /// the classification process. 1321 /// 1322 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1323 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1324 /// 1325 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1326 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object. 1327 /// 1328 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const; 1329 1330 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the 1331 /// given type T should be passed. 1332 /// 1333 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1334 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1335 /// 1336 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1337 /// residing in the high word of the containing object. 1338 /// 1339 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the 1340 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different 1341 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary. 1342 /// 1343 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named" 1344 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7. 1345 /// 1346 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should 1347 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo 1348 /// will be Memory. 1349 /// 1350 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored. 1351 /// 1352 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will 1353 /// also be ComplexX87. 1354 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi, 1355 bool isNamedArg) const; 1356 1357 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1358 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1359 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1360 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1361 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1362 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1363 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1364 1365 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1366 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory. 1367 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const; 1368 1369 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1370 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 1371 /// 1372 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining 1373 /// available. 1374 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const; 1375 1376 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 1377 1378 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1379 unsigned freeIntRegs, 1380 unsigned &neededInt, 1381 unsigned &neededSSE, 1382 bool isNamedArg) const; 1383 1384 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1385 1386 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities, 1387 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with 1388 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which 1389 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC 1390 /// may need to exempt themselves. 1391 bool honorsRevision0_98() const { 1392 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin(); 1393 } 1394 1395 bool HasAVX; 1396 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on 1397 // 64-bit hardware. 1398 bool Has64BitPointers; 1399 1400 public: 1401 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) : 1402 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx), 1403 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) { 1404 } 1405 1406 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const { 1407 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 1408 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here. 1409 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 1410 /*isNamedArg*/true); 1411 if (info.isDirect()) { 1412 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType(); 1413 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty)) 1414 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128); 1415 } 1416 return false; 1417 } 1418 1419 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1420 1421 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1422 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1423 }; 1424 1425 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information. 1426 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1427 1428 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const; 1429 1430 public: 1431 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 1432 1433 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1434 1435 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1436 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1437 }; 1438 1439 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1440 bool HasAVX; 1441 public: 1442 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 1443 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {} 1444 1445 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 1446 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 1447 } 1448 1449 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1450 return 7; 1451 } 1452 1453 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1454 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1455 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1456 1457 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1458 // 16 is %rip. 1459 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1460 return false; 1461 } 1462 1463 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1464 StringRef Constraint, 1465 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 1466 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 1467 } 1468 1469 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 1470 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override { 1471 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA 1472 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped 1473 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do 1474 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is 1475 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI 1476 // defines varargs anyway. 1477 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) { 1478 bool HasAVXType = false; 1479 for (CallArgList::const_iterator 1480 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) { 1481 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) { 1482 HasAVXType = true; 1483 break; 1484 } 1485 } 1486 1487 if (!HasAVXType) 1488 return true; 1489 } 1490 1491 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType); 1492 } 1493 1494 llvm::Constant * 1495 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1496 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 1497 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c 1498 ('F' << 16) | 1499 ('T' << 24); 1500 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 1501 } 1502 1503 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 1504 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16; 1505 } 1506 }; 1507 1508 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) { 1509 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This 1510 // matches the behavior of MSVC. 1511 std::string ArgStr = Lib; 1512 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib")) 1513 ArgStr += ".lib"; 1514 return ArgStr; 1515 } 1516 1517 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo { 1518 public: 1519 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 1520 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms) 1521 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {} 1522 1523 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1524 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1525 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1526 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1527 } 1528 1529 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1530 llvm::StringRef Value, 1531 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1532 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1533 } 1534 }; 1535 1536 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1537 bool HasAVX; 1538 public: 1539 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 1540 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {} 1541 1542 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1543 return 7; 1544 } 1545 1546 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1547 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1548 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1549 1550 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1551 // 16 is %rip. 1552 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1553 return false; 1554 } 1555 1556 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1557 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1558 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1559 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1560 } 1561 1562 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1563 llvm::StringRef Value, 1564 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1565 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1566 } 1567 1568 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 1569 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16; 1570 } 1571 }; 1572 1573 } 1574 1575 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, 1576 Class &Hi) const { 1577 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done: 1578 // 1579 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in 1580 // memory. 1581 // 1582 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in 1583 // memory. 1584 // 1585 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first 1586 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole 1587 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the 1588 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type. 1589 // 1590 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE. 1591 // 1592 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise 1593 // only with unions; for example: 1594 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; } 1595 // 1596 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98. 1597 // 1598 if (Hi == Memory) 1599 Lo = Memory; 1600 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98()) 1601 Lo = Memory; 1602 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp)) 1603 Lo = Memory; 1604 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE) 1605 Hi = SSE; 1606 } 1607 1608 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) { 1609 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is 1610 // classified recursively so that always two fields are 1611 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to 1612 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte: 1613 // 1614 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class. 1615 // 1616 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is 1617 // the other class. 1618 // 1619 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY 1620 // class. 1621 // 1622 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the 1623 // INTEGER. 1624 // 1625 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class, 1626 // MEMORY is used as class. 1627 // 1628 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used. 1629 1630 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or 1631 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure). 1632 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) && 1633 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge."); 1634 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass) 1635 return Accum; 1636 if (Field == Memory) 1637 return Memory; 1638 if (Accum == NoClass) 1639 return Field; 1640 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer) 1641 return Integer; 1642 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 || 1643 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up) 1644 return Memory; 1645 return SSE; 1646 } 1647 1648 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase, 1649 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const { 1650 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for 1651 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various 1652 // situations. 1653 1654 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors 1655 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they 1656 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify. 1657 1658 Lo = Hi = NoClass; 1659 1660 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi; 1661 Current = Memory; 1662 1663 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 1664 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind(); 1665 1666 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) { 1667 Current = NoClass; 1668 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) { 1669 Lo = Integer; 1670 Hi = Integer; 1671 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) { 1672 Current = Integer; 1673 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) || 1674 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble && 1675 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) { 1676 Current = SSE; 1677 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 1678 Lo = X87; 1679 Hi = X87Up; 1680 } 1681 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE. 1682 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp). 1683 return; 1684 } 1685 1686 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 1687 // Classify the underlying integer type. 1688 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 1689 return; 1690 } 1691 1692 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) { 1693 Current = Integer; 1694 return; 1695 } 1696 1697 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 1698 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType() && Has64BitPointers) 1699 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1700 else 1701 Current = Integer; 1702 return; 1703 } 1704 1705 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1706 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 1707 if (Size == 32) { 1708 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x 1709 // float> as integer. 1710 Current = Integer; 1711 1712 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1713 // split. 1714 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1715 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64; 1716 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1717 Hi = Lo; 1718 } else if (Size == 64) { 1719 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :( 1720 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) 1721 return; 1722 1723 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER. 1724 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1725 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) || 1726 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) || 1727 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong)) 1728 Current = Integer; 1729 else 1730 Current = SSE; 1731 1732 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1733 // split. 1734 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64) 1735 Hi = Lo; 1736 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) { 1737 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The 1738 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class 1739 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be 1740 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense. 1741 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases 1742 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding 1743 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part. 1744 // 1745 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in 1746 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a 1747 // variadic function. 1748 Lo = SSE; 1749 Hi = SSEUp; 1750 } 1751 return; 1752 } 1753 1754 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 1755 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType()); 1756 1757 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1758 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 1759 if (Size <= 64) 1760 Current = Integer; 1761 else if (Size <= 128) 1762 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1763 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) 1764 Current = SSE; 1765 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy || 1766 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy && 1767 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) 1768 Lo = Hi = SSE; 1769 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) 1770 Current = ComplexX87; 1771 1772 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it 1773 // should be split. 1774 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1775 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64; 1776 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1777 Hi = Lo; 1778 1779 return; 1780 } 1781 1782 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 1783 // Arrays are treated like structures. 1784 1785 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1786 1787 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1788 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1789 if (Size > 256) 1790 return; 1791 1792 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned 1793 // fields, it has class MEMORY. 1794 // 1795 // Only need to check alignment of array base. 1796 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType())) 1797 return; 1798 1799 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about 1800 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify. 1801 Current = NoClass; 1802 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 1803 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1804 1805 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array 1806 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1807 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1808 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256) 1809 return; 1810 1811 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) { 1812 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1813 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1814 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1815 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1816 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1817 break; 1818 } 1819 1820 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 1821 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification."); 1822 return; 1823 } 1824 1825 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1826 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1827 1828 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1829 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1830 if (Size > 256) 1831 return; 1832 1833 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial 1834 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible 1835 // reference. 1836 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 1837 return; 1838 1839 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 1840 1841 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory. 1842 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 1843 return; 1844 1845 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 1846 1847 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed. 1848 Current = NoClass; 1849 1850 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first. 1851 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 1852 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 1853 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 1854 "Unexpected base class!"); 1855 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 1856 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1857 1858 // Classify this field. 1859 // 1860 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a 1861 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets 1862 // initialized to class NO_CLASS. 1863 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1864 uint64_t Offset = 1865 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 1866 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1867 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1868 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1869 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1870 break; 1871 } 1872 } 1873 1874 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results. 1875 unsigned idx = 0; 1876 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 1877 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 1878 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 1879 bool BitField = i->isBitField(); 1880 1881 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than 1882 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY. 1883 // 1884 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct 1885 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1886 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1887 // 1888 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) { 1889 Lo = Memory; 1890 return; 1891 } 1892 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below. 1893 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) { 1894 Lo = Memory; 1895 return; 1896 } 1897 1898 // Classify this field. 1899 // 1900 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate 1901 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified 1902 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class 1903 // NO_CLASS. 1904 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1905 1906 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the 1907 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and 1908 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte. 1909 if (BitField) { 1910 // Ignore padding bit-fields. 1911 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield()) 1912 continue; 1913 1914 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 1915 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext()); 1916 1917 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64; 1918 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64; 1919 1920 if (EB_Lo) { 1921 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes."); 1922 FieldLo = NoClass; 1923 FieldHi = Integer; 1924 } else { 1925 FieldLo = Integer; 1926 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass; 1927 } 1928 } else 1929 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1930 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1931 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1932 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1933 break; 1934 } 1935 1936 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 1937 } 1938 } 1939 1940 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const { 1941 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 1942 // place naturally. 1943 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 1944 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 1945 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1946 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1947 1948 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 1949 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 1950 } 1951 1952 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 1953 } 1954 1955 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 1956 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1957 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy); 1958 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128; 1959 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector) 1960 return true; 1961 } 1962 1963 return false; 1964 } 1965 1966 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, 1967 unsigned freeIntRegs) const { 1968 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 1969 // place naturally. 1970 // 1971 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available 1972 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass 1973 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently, 1974 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with 1975 // 'onstack'. See PR12193. 1976 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 1977 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 1978 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1979 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1980 1981 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 1982 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 1983 } 1984 1985 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 1986 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 1987 1988 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all 1989 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval. 1990 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U); 1991 1992 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This 1993 // is important for good codegen. 1994 // 1995 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can 1996 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval). 1997 // 1998 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the 1999 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers 2000 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value 2001 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the 2002 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first), 2003 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that 2004 // might be inreg. 2005 // 2006 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for 2007 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer 2008 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed 2009 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now. 2010 // 2011 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter 2012 // attributes. See PR12193. 2013 if (freeIntRegs == 0) { 2014 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2015 2016 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral 2017 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8). 2018 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64) 2019 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2020 Size)); 2021 } 2022 2023 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align); 2024 } 2025 2026 /// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an 2027 /// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a 2028 /// vector register. 2029 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 2030 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2031 2032 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors, 2033 // strip them off if present. 2034 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 2035 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) { 2036 IRType = STy->getElementType(0); 2037 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 2038 } 2039 2040 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it. 2041 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){ 2042 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType(); 2043 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth(); 2044 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) && 2045 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() || 2046 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) || 2047 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) || 2048 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128))) 2049 return VT; 2050 } 2051 2052 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2053 } 2054 2055 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range 2056 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in 2057 /// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits 2058 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful 2059 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class. 2060 /// 2061 /// It is conservatively correct to return false. 2062 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit, 2063 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) { 2064 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user 2065 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other 2066 // types that don't contain interesting padding. 2067 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 2068 if (TySize <= StartBit) 2069 return true; 2070 2071 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 2072 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 2073 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 2074 2075 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range. 2076 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { 2077 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done.. 2078 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize; 2079 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break; 2080 2081 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0; 2082 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart, 2083 EndBit-EltOffset, Context)) 2084 return false; 2085 } 2086 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding. 2087 return true; 2088 } 2089 2090 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 2091 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 2092 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 2093 2094 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 2095 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 2096 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 2097 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 2098 "Unexpected base class!"); 2099 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 2100 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2101 2102 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it. 2103 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 2104 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue; 2105 2106 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0; 2107 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart, 2108 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context)) 2109 return false; 2110 } 2111 } 2112 2113 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes 2114 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields, 2115 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care 2116 // much. 2117 unsigned idx = 0; 2118 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 2119 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 2120 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2121 2122 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done. 2123 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break; 2124 2125 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0; 2126 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset, 2127 Context)) 2128 return false; 2129 } 2130 2131 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're 2132 // clean. 2133 return true; 2134 } 2135 2136 return false; 2137 } 2138 2139 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a 2140 /// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a 2141 /// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return 2142 /// false. 2143 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2144 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2145 // Base case if we find a float. 2146 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy()) 2147 return true; 2148 2149 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2150 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2151 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy); 2152 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2153 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt); 2154 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD); 2155 } 2156 2157 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2158 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2159 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2160 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2161 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2162 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD); 2163 } 2164 2165 return false; 2166 } 2167 2168 2169 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the 2170 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class. 2171 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2172 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2173 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2174 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We 2175 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for 2176 // structs that contain 3 floats. 2177 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32, 2178 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2179 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 2180 2181 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at 2182 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the 2183 // case. 2184 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) && 2185 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout())) 2186 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2187 2188 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 2189 } 2190 2191 2192 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in 2193 /// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking 2194 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks 2195 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything 2196 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*, 2197 /// etc). 2198 /// 2199 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for 2200 /// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that 2201 /// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null. 2202 /// 2203 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is 2204 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8). 2205 /// 2206 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2207 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2208 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2209 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're 2210 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it. 2211 if (IROffset == 0) { 2212 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit. 2213 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) || 2214 IRType->isIntegerTy(64)) 2215 return IRType; 2216 2217 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the 2218 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to 2219 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on 2220 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We 2221 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on 2222 // unions being lowered a specific way etc. 2223 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) || 2224 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) || 2225 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) { 2226 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 : 2227 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth(); 2228 2229 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth, 2230 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2231 return IRType; 2232 } 2233 } 2234 2235 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2236 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2237 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy); 2238 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) { 2239 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2240 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx); 2241 2242 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset, 2243 SourceTy, SourceOffset); 2244 } 2245 } 2246 2247 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2248 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2249 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2250 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2251 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy, 2252 SourceOffset); 2253 } 2254 2255 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an 2256 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct. 2257 unsigned TySizeInBytes = 2258 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity(); 2259 2260 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?"); 2261 2262 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that 2263 // isn't larger than the structure. 2264 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2265 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8); 2266 } 2267 2268 2269 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally 2270 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a 2271 /// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of 2272 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float, 2273 /// return {i32*, float}. 2274 static llvm::Type * 2275 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi, 2276 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2277 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start 2278 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types 2279 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have 2280 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this: 2281 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo); 2282 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi); 2283 unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign); 2284 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2285 2286 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the 2287 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size 2288 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the 2289 // struct. 2290 if (HiStart != 8) { 2291 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for 2292 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32. 2293 // Promote these to a larger type. 2294 if (Lo->isFloatTy()) 2295 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext()); 2296 else { 2297 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type"); 2298 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext()); 2299 } 2300 } 2301 2302 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL); 2303 2304 2305 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset. 2306 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 && 2307 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2308 return Result; 2309 } 2310 2311 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo:: 2312 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 2313 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the 2314 // classification algorithm. 2315 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2316 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true); 2317 2318 // Check some invariants. 2319 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2320 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2321 2322 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2323 switch (Lo) { 2324 case NoClass: 2325 if (Hi == NoClass) 2326 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2327 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2328 // null. 2329 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2330 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2331 break; 2332 2333 case SSEUp: 2334 case X87Up: 2335 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2336 2337 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via 2338 // hidden argument. 2339 case Memory: 2340 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy); 2341 2342 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2343 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used. 2344 case Integer: 2345 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2346 2347 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2348 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2349 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2350 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2351 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 2352 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2353 2354 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2355 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2356 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2357 } 2358 break; 2359 2360 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next 2361 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used. 2362 case SSE: 2363 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2364 break; 2365 2366 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is 2367 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number. 2368 case X87: 2369 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()); 2370 break; 2371 2372 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real 2373 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in 2374 // %st1. 2375 case ComplexX87: 2376 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification."); 2377 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2378 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2379 NULL); 2380 break; 2381 } 2382 2383 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2384 switch (Hi) { 2385 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should 2386 // never occur as a hi class. 2387 case Memory: 2388 case X87: 2389 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2390 2391 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled. 2392 case NoClass: 2393 break; 2394 2395 case Integer: 2396 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2397 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2398 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2399 break; 2400 case SSE: 2401 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2402 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2403 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2404 break; 2405 2406 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte 2407 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used 2408 // vector register. 2409 // 2410 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen. 2411 case SSEUp: 2412 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification."); 2413 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy); 2414 break; 2415 2416 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is 2417 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0. 2418 case X87Up: 2419 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do 2420 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be 2421 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the 2422 // extra bits in an SSE reg. 2423 if (Lo != X87) { 2424 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2425 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2426 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2427 } 2428 break; 2429 } 2430 2431 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2432 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2433 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2434 if (HighPart) 2435 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2436 2437 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2438 } 2439 2440 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType( 2441 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE, 2442 bool isNamedArg) 2443 const 2444 { 2445 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2446 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 2447 2448 // Check some invariants. 2449 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction. 2450 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2451 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2452 2453 neededInt = 0; 2454 neededSSE = 0; 2455 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2456 switch (Lo) { 2457 case NoClass: 2458 if (Hi == NoClass) 2459 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2460 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2461 // null. 2462 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2463 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2464 break; 2465 2466 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument 2467 // on the stack. 2468 case Memory: 2469 2470 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or 2471 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory. 2472 case X87: 2473 case ComplexX87: 2474 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) 2475 ++neededInt; 2476 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs); 2477 2478 case SSEUp: 2479 case X87Up: 2480 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2481 2482 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2483 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8 2484 // and %r9 is used. 2485 case Integer: 2486 ++neededInt; 2487 2488 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2489 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0); 2490 2491 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2492 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2493 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2494 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2495 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2496 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2497 2498 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2499 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2500 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2501 } 2502 2503 break; 2504 2505 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next 2506 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the 2507 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7. 2508 case SSE: { 2509 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2510 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0); 2511 ++neededSSE; 2512 break; 2513 } 2514 } 2515 2516 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2517 switch (Hi) { 2518 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should 2519 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87, 2520 // which is passed in memory. 2521 case Memory: 2522 case X87: 2523 case ComplexX87: 2524 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2525 2526 case NoClass: break; 2527 2528 case Integer: 2529 ++neededInt; 2530 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2531 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2532 2533 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2534 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2535 break; 2536 2537 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in 2538 // memory), except in situations involving unions. 2539 case X87Up: 2540 case SSE: 2541 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2542 2543 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2544 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2545 2546 ++neededSSE; 2547 break; 2548 2549 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the 2550 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE 2551 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed. 2552 case SSEUp: 2553 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification"); 2554 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty); 2555 break; 2556 } 2557 2558 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2559 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2560 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2561 if (HighPart) 2562 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2563 2564 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2565 } 2566 2567 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2568 2569 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2570 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 2571 2572 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers. 2573 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8; 2574 2575 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 2576 // integer register. 2577 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 2578 --freeIntRegs; 2579 2580 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs(); 2581 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers 2582 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows... 2583 unsigned ArgNo = 0; 2584 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 2585 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) { 2586 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs; 2587 2588 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2589 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt, 2590 neededSSE, IsNamedArg); 2591 2592 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any 2593 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the 2594 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some 2595 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted. 2596 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) { 2597 freeIntRegs -= neededInt; 2598 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE; 2599 } else { 2600 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs); 2601 } 2602 } 2603 } 2604 2605 static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 2606 QualType Ty, 2607 CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 2608 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p = 2609 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p"); 2610 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area = 2611 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area"); 2612 2613 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16 2614 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary. 2615 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use 2616 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary. 2617 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 2618 if (Align > 8) { 2619 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align; 2620 llvm::Value *Offset = 2621 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1); 2622 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset); 2623 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area, 2624 CGF.Int64Ty); 2625 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align); 2626 overflow_arg_area = 2627 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 2628 overflow_arg_area->getType(), 2629 "overflow_arg_area.align"); 2630 } 2631 2632 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area. 2633 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2634 llvm::Value *Res = 2635 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area, 2636 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2637 2638 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to: 2639 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type). 2640 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to 2641 // an 8 byte boundary. 2642 2643 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8; 2644 llvm::Value *Offset = 2645 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7); 2646 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset, 2647 "overflow_arg_area.next"); 2648 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p); 2649 2650 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type. 2651 return Res; 2652 } 2653 2654 llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2655 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2656 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 2657 // struct { 2658 // i32 gp_offset; 2659 // i32 fp_offset; 2660 // i8* overflow_arg_area; 2661 // i8* reg_save_area; 2662 // }; 2663 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2664 2665 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 2666 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 2667 /*isNamedArg*/false); 2668 2669 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed 2670 // in the registers. If not go to step 7. 2671 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE) 2672 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2673 2674 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of 2675 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold 2676 // the number of floating point registers needed. 2677 2678 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into 2679 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or 2680 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7. 2681 // 2682 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of 2683 // register save space). 2684 2685 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 2686 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr; 2687 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr; 2688 if (neededInt) { 2689 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p"); 2690 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset"); 2691 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8); 2692 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp"); 2693 } 2694 2695 if (neededSSE) { 2696 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p"); 2697 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset"); 2698 llvm::Value *FitsInFP = 2699 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16); 2700 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp"); 2701 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP; 2702 } 2703 2704 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 2705 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 2706 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 2707 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 2708 2709 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 2710 2711 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 2712 2713 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with 2714 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require 2715 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed 2716 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater 2717 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers. 2718 // 2719 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to 2720 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a 2721 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more 2722 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up? 2723 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2724 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 2725 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3), 2726 "reg_save_area"); 2727 if (neededInt && neededSSE) { 2728 // FIXME: Cleanup. 2729 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2730 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType()); 2731 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2732 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2733 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2734 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0); 2735 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1); 2736 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) && 2737 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2738 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo); 2739 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi); 2740 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2741 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2742 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr; 2743 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr; 2744 llvm::Value *V = 2745 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo)); 2746 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2747 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi)); 2748 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2749 2750 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2751 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2752 } else if (neededInt) { 2753 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2754 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2755 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2756 2757 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment. 2758 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign = 2759 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 2760 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity(); 2761 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity(); 2762 if (TyAlign > 8) { 2763 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2764 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false); 2765 RegAddr = Tmp; 2766 } 2767 } else if (neededSSE == 1) { 2768 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2769 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2770 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2771 } else { 2772 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!"); 2773 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save 2774 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together. 2775 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2776 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16); 2777 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy; 2778 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy = 2779 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy); 2780 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL); 2781 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2782 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2783 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo, 2784 DblPtrTy)); 2785 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2786 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi, 2787 DblPtrTy)); 2788 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2789 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2790 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2791 } 2792 2793 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set: 2794 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8 2795 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16. 2796 if (neededInt) { 2797 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8); 2798 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset), 2799 gp_offset_p); 2800 } 2801 if (neededSSE) { 2802 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16); 2803 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset), 2804 fp_offset_p); 2805 } 2806 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 2807 2808 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 2809 2810 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 2811 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2812 2813 // Return the appropriate result. 2814 2815 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 2816 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2, 2817 "vaarg.addr"); 2818 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 2819 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 2820 return ResAddr; 2821 } 2822 2823 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const { 2824 2825 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 2826 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2827 2828 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2829 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2830 2831 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2832 2833 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 2834 if (RT) { 2835 if (!IsReturnType) { 2836 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 2837 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 2838 } 2839 2840 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 2841 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2842 2843 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128 2844 if (Size == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) 2845 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2846 Size)); 2847 } 2848 2849 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2850 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it 2851 // directly. 2852 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2853 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy()) 2854 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2855 } 2856 2857 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2858 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is 2859 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference." 2860 if (Size > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size)) 2861 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2862 2863 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer. 2864 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 2865 } 2866 2867 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not 2868 // extended. 2869 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 2870 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool) 2871 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2872 2873 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2874 } 2875 2876 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2877 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2878 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), true); 2879 2880 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 2881 I.info = classify(I.type, false); 2882 } 2883 2884 llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2885 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2886 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 2887 2888 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 2889 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 2890 "ap"); 2891 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 2892 llvm::Type *PTy = 2893 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 2894 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 2895 2896 uint64_t Offset = 2897 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8); 2898 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 2899 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 2900 "ap.next"); 2901 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 2902 2903 return AddrTyped; 2904 } 2905 2906 namespace { 2907 2908 class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 2909 public: 2910 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 2911 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {} 2912 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 2913 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2914 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 2915 private: 2916 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 2917 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 2918 }; 2919 2920 class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 2921 bool HasAVX; 2922 public: 2923 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 2924 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) { 2925 } 2926 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 2927 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16; 2928 } 2929 }; 2930 2931 } 2932 2933 void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2934 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 2935 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 2936 else 2937 NInfo.computeInfo(FI); 2938 } 2939 2940 llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2941 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2942 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 2943 // is unuspported. 2944 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2945 } 2946 2947 2948 // PowerPC-32 2949 2950 namespace { 2951 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 2952 public: 2953 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 2954 2955 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 2956 // This is recovered from gcc output. 2957 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 2958 } 2959 2960 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 2961 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 2962 }; 2963 2964 } 2965 2966 bool 2967 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 2968 llvm::Value *Address) const { 2969 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 2970 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 2971 2972 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 2973 2974 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 2975 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 2976 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 2977 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 2978 2979 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers 2980 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31); 2981 2982 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 2983 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 2984 2985 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 2986 // 64: mq 2987 // 65: lr 2988 // 66: ctr 2989 // 67: ap 2990 // 68-75 cr0-7 2991 // 76: xer 2992 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 2993 2994 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 2995 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 2996 2997 // 109: vrsave 2998 // 110: vscr 2999 // 111: spe_acc 3000 // 112: spefscr 3001 // 113: sfp 3002 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3003 3004 return false; 3005 } 3006 3007 // PowerPC-64 3008 3009 namespace { 3010 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 3011 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 3012 public: 3013 enum ABIKind { 3014 ELFv1 = 0, 3015 ELFv2 3016 }; 3017 3018 private: 3019 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64; 3020 ABIKind Kind; 3021 3022 public: 3023 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) 3024 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3025 3026 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const; 3027 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const; 3028 bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3029 uint64_t &Members) const; 3030 3031 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3032 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 3033 3034 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance. 3035 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could 3036 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single 3037 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function 3038 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering 3039 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee. 3040 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 3041 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3042 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3043 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 3044 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part. 3045 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point 3046 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available. 3047 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext()); 3048 if (T) { 3049 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3050 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) || 3051 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) { 3052 QualType QT(T, 0); 3053 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT)); 3054 continue; 3055 } 3056 } 3057 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 3058 } 3059 } 3060 3061 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3062 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 3063 }; 3064 3065 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3066 public: 3067 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, 3068 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3069 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3070 3071 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3072 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3073 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3074 } 3075 3076 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3077 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3078 }; 3079 3080 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 3081 public: 3082 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 3083 3084 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3085 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3086 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3087 } 3088 3089 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3090 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3091 }; 3092 3093 } 3094 3095 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero- 3096 // extended to 64 bits. 3097 bool 3098 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const { 3099 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3100 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3101 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3102 3103 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 3104 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 3105 return true; 3106 3107 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to 3108 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits. 3109 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 3110 switch (BT->getKind()) { 3111 case BuiltinType::Int: 3112 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3113 return true; 3114 default: 3115 break; 3116 } 3117 3118 return false; 3119 } 3120 3121 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte 3122 /// alignment in the parameter area. 3123 bool 3124 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const { 3125 // Complex types are passed just like their elements. 3126 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3127 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 3128 3129 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are 3130 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned). 3131 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3132 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 3133 3134 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type 3135 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element. 3136 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr; 3137 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 3138 if (EltType) { 3139 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3140 if ((EltType->isVectorType() && 3141 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) || 3142 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) 3143 AlignAsType = EltType; 3144 } 3145 3146 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates. 3147 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3148 uint64_t Members = 0; 3149 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 && 3150 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) 3151 AlignAsType = Base; 3152 3153 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment. 3154 if (AlignAsType) 3155 return AlignAsType->isVectorType(); 3156 3157 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that 3158 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes. 3159 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) 3160 return true; 3161 3162 return false; 3163 } 3164 3165 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous 3166 /// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set 3167 /// to the number of base elements. 3168 bool 3169 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3170 uint64_t &Members) const { 3171 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 3172 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3173 if (NElements == 0) 3174 return false; 3175 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members)) 3176 return false; 3177 Members *= NElements; 3178 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 3179 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 3180 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 3181 return false; 3182 3183 Members = 0; 3184 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 3185 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records. 3186 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 3187 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = 3188 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 3189 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0) 3190 return false; 3191 FT = AT->getElementType(); 3192 } 3193 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true)) 3194 continue; 3195 3196 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode. 3197 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3198 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 3199 continue; 3200 3201 uint64_t FldMembers; 3202 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3203 return false; 3204 3205 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 3206 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 3207 } 3208 3209 if (!Base) 3210 return false; 3211 3212 // Ensure there is no padding. 3213 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members != 3214 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) 3215 return false; 3216 } else { 3217 Members = 1; 3218 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3219 Members = 2; 3220 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 3221 } 3222 3223 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float, 3224 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors. 3225 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3226 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float && 3227 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double && 3228 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3229 return false; 3230 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3231 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) != 128) 3232 return false; 3233 } else { 3234 return false; 3235 } 3236 3237 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that 3238 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are 3239 // treated as being equivalent here. 3240 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 3241 if (!Base) 3242 Base = TyPtr; 3243 3244 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() || 3245 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr)) 3246 return false; 3247 } 3248 3249 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one 3250 // or two registers depending on their size. 3251 uint32_t NumRegs = Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : 3252 (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64; 3253 3254 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers. 3255 return (Members > 0 && Members * NumRegs <= 8); 3256 } 3257 3258 ABIArgInfo 3259 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 3260 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType()) 3261 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3262 3263 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3264 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3265 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 3266 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3267 if (Size > 128) 3268 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3269 else if (Size < 128) { 3270 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3271 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3272 } 3273 } 3274 3275 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3276 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 3277 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3278 3279 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8; 3280 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3281 3282 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types. 3283 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3284 uint64_t Members = 0; 3285 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3286 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 3287 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3288 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3289 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3290 } 3291 3292 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not 3293 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array. 3294 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the 3295 // back-end to store the argument to memory. 3296 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3297 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) { 3298 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3299 3300 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be 3301 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword). 3302 if (Bits <= GPRBits) 3303 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3304 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3305 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected 3306 // according to the required alignment in the save area. 3307 else { 3308 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8; 3309 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits; 3310 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits); 3311 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs); 3312 } 3313 3314 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3315 } 3316 3317 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal. 3318 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 3319 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 3320 } 3321 3322 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ? 3323 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3324 } 3325 3326 ABIArgInfo 3327 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3328 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3329 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3330 3331 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 3332 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3333 3334 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3335 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3336 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) { 3337 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3338 if (Size > 128) 3339 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3340 else if (Size < 128) { 3341 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3342 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3343 } 3344 } 3345 3346 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3347 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types. 3348 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3349 uint64_t Members = 0; 3350 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3351 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 3352 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3353 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3354 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3355 } 3356 3357 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers. 3358 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3359 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) { 3360 if (Bits == 0) 3361 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3362 3363 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3364 if (Bits > GPRBits) { 3365 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits); 3366 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, NULL); 3367 } else 3368 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3369 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3370 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3371 } 3372 3373 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly. 3374 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3375 } 3376 3377 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ? 3378 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3379 } 3380 3381 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine. 3382 llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 3383 QualType Ty, 3384 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3385 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 3386 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3387 3388 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3389 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 3390 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 3391 3392 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area. 3393 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) { 3394 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3395 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15)); 3396 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16)); 3397 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 3398 } 3399 3400 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the 3401 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex 3402 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the 3403 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation. 3404 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3405 QualType BaseTy; 3406 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0; 3407 3408 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3409 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType(); 3410 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8; 3411 if (CplxBaseSize < 8) 3412 SizeInBytes = 16; 3413 } 3414 3415 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8); 3416 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 3417 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), 3418 "ap.next"); 3419 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 3420 3421 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes, 3422 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted 3423 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a 3424 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate 3425 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer, 3426 // and store them to a temporary structure. 3427 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) { 3428 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3429 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr; 3430 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3431 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize)); 3432 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize)); 3433 } else { 3434 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8)); 3435 } 3436 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy)); 3437 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy); 3438 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy); 3439 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal"); 3440 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag"); 3441 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), 3442 "vacplx"); 3443 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real"); 3444 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag"); 3445 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false); 3446 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false); 3447 return Ptr; 3448 } 3449 3450 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in 3451 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the 3452 // correct offset. 3453 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3454 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3455 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes)); 3456 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP); 3457 } 3458 3459 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3460 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3461 } 3462 3463 static bool 3464 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3465 llvm::Value *Address) { 3466 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 3467 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 3468 3469 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3470 3471 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 3472 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 3473 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 3474 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 3475 3476 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers 3477 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 3478 3479 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 3480 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 3481 3482 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3483 // 64: mq 3484 // 65: lr 3485 // 66: ctr 3486 // 67: ap 3487 // 68-75 cr0-7 3488 // 76: xer 3489 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3490 3491 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3492 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3493 3494 // 109: vrsave 3495 // 110: vscr 3496 // 111: spe_acc 3497 // 112: spefscr 3498 // 113: sfp 3499 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3500 3501 return false; 3502 } 3503 3504 bool 3505 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 3506 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3507 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3508 3509 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3510 } 3511 3512 bool 3513 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3514 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3515 3516 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3517 } 3518 3519 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3520 // AArch64 ABI Implementation 3521 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3522 3523 namespace { 3524 3525 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 3526 public: 3527 enum ABIKind { 3528 AAPCS = 0, 3529 DarwinPCS 3530 }; 3531 3532 private: 3533 ABIKind Kind; 3534 3535 public: 3536 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3537 3538 private: 3539 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 3540 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; } 3541 3542 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3543 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP, 3544 bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR, 3545 bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const; 3546 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 3547 3548 virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 3549 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the 3550 // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far. 3551 // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated 3552 // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD 3553 // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or 3554 // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8. 3555 unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0; 3556 3557 // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number 3558 // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into 3559 // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be 3560 // partially in registers. 3561 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0; 3562 3563 // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special 3564 // treatment with the Darwin ABI. 3565 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs(); 3566 3567 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3568 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3569 unsigned ArgNo = 0; 3570 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 3571 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) { 3572 unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR; 3573 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false; 3574 const unsigned NumVFPs = 8; 3575 const unsigned NumGPRs = 8; 3576 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs; 3577 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, 3578 AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg); 3579 3580 // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs 3581 // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as 3582 // padding by the back end. 3583 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() && 3584 getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) { 3585 uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type); 3586 NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64; 3587 3588 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3589 llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots); 3590 it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3591 } 3592 3593 // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers 3594 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add 3595 // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats. 3596 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) { 3597 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3598 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation); 3599 it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy); 3600 } 3601 3602 // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs 3603 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. 3604 if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) { 3605 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3606 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR); 3607 it->info = 3608 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy); 3609 } 3610 } 3611 } 3612 3613 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3614 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3615 3616 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3617 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3618 3619 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3620 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3621 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF) 3622 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 3623 } 3624 }; 3625 3626 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3627 public: 3628 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3629 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3630 3631 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const { 3632 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 3633 } 3634 3635 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; } 3636 3637 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; } 3638 }; 3639 } 3640 3641 static bool isARMHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3642 ASTContext &Context, 3643 bool isAArch64, 3644 uint64_t *HAMembers = nullptr); 3645 3646 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 3647 unsigned &AllocatedVFP, 3648 bool &IsHA, 3649 unsigned &AllocatedGPR, 3650 bool &IsSmallAggr, 3651 bool IsNamedArg) const { 3652 // Handle illegal vector types here. 3653 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 3654 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3655 if (Size <= 32) { 3656 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 3657 AllocatedGPR++; 3658 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3659 } 3660 if (Size == 64) { 3661 llvm::Type *ResType = 3662 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 3663 AllocatedVFP++; 3664 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3665 } 3666 if (Size == 128) { 3667 llvm::Type *ResType = 3668 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 3669 AllocatedVFP++; 3670 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3671 } 3672 AllocatedGPR++; 3673 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3674 } 3675 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3676 // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128. 3677 AllocatedVFP++; 3678 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3679 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || 3680 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 3681 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 3682 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3683 AllocatedVFP++; 3684 } 3685 3686 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3687 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3688 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3689 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3690 3691 if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) { 3692 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 3693 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64) 3694 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64); 3695 3696 int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1; 3697 AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded; 3698 } 3699 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3700 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3701 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3702 } 3703 3704 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial 3705 // copy constructor are always indirect. 3706 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 3707 AllocatedGPR++; 3708 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA == 3709 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3710 } 3711 3712 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode 3713 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility. 3714 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 3715 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS()) 3716 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3717 3718 ++AllocatedGPR; 3719 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 3720 } 3721 3722 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded. 3723 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3724 uint64_t Members = 0; 3725 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), true, &Members)) { 3726 IsHA = true; 3727 if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) { 3728 // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack 3729 // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles. 3730 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3731 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 3732 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 3733 } 3734 AllocatedVFP += Members; 3735 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 3736 } 3737 3738 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack. 3739 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3740 if (Size <= 128) { 3741 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 3742 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64) 3743 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64); 3744 3745 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 3746 AllocatedGPR += Size / 64; 3747 IsSmallAggr = true; 3748 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment. 3749 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128. 3750 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) { 3751 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 3752 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 3753 } 3754 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 3755 } 3756 3757 AllocatedGPR++; 3758 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3759 } 3760 3761 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3762 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3763 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3764 3765 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 3766 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) 3767 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3768 3769 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3770 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3771 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 3772 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3773 3774 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3775 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3776 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3777 } 3778 3779 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 3780 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3781 3782 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3783 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext(), true)) 3784 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly. 3785 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3786 3787 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack. 3788 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3789 if (Size <= 128) { 3790 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 3791 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 3792 } 3793 3794 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3795 } 3796 3797 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64. 3798 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 3799 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3800 // Check whether VT is legal. 3801 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 3802 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 3803 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16. 3804 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16) 3805 return true; 3806 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1); 3807 } 3808 return false; 3809 } 3810 3811 static llvm::Value *EmitAArch64VAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3812 int AllocatedGPR, int AllocatedVFP, 3813 bool IsIndirect, CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 3814 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call 3815 // Standard, section B.4: 3816 // 3817 // struct { 3818 // void *__stack; 3819 // void *__gr_top; 3820 // void *__vr_top; 3821 // int __gr_offs; 3822 // int __vr_offs; 3823 // }; 3824 3825 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg"); 3826 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 3827 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack"); 3828 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 3829 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext(); 3830 3831 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr; 3832 int reg_top_index; 3833 int RegSize; 3834 if (AllocatedGPR) { 3835 assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs"); 3836 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs 3837 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p"); 3838 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs"); 3839 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top 3840 RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR; 3841 } else { 3842 assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs"); 3843 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs. 3844 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p"); 3845 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs"); 3846 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top 3847 RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP; 3848 } 3849 3850 //======================================= 3851 // Find out where argument was passed 3852 //======================================= 3853 3854 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of 3855 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows, 3856 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves 3857 // whatever they get). 3858 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr; 3859 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE( 3860 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0)); 3861 3862 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock); 3863 3864 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the 3865 // question is whether this particular type is too big. 3866 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock); 3867 3868 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a 3869 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we 3870 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address. 3871 if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 3872 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3873 3874 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3875 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1), 3876 "align_regoffs"); 3877 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 3878 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align), 3879 "aligned_regoffs"); 3880 } 3881 3882 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list. 3883 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr; 3884 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3885 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs"); 3886 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p); 3887 3888 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in 3889 // registers or not. 3890 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 3891 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE( 3892 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg"); 3893 3894 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock); 3895 3896 //======================================= 3897 // Argument was in registers 3898 //======================================= 3899 3900 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in 3901 // registers. First start the appropriate block: 3902 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 3903 3904 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr; 3905 reg_top_p = 3906 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p"); 3907 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top"); 3908 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs); 3909 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr; 3910 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 3911 3912 if (IsIndirect) { 3913 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from 3914 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **. 3915 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy); 3916 } 3917 3918 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3919 uint64_t NumMembers; 3920 bool IsHFA = isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Ctx, true, &NumMembers); 3921 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) { 3922 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split 3923 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN, 3924 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable 3925 // contiguously. 3926 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly"); 3927 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3928 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers); 3929 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy); 3930 int Offset = 0; 3931 3932 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128) 3933 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8; 3934 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) { 3935 llvm::Value *BaseOffset = 3936 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset); 3937 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset); 3938 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast( 3939 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy)); 3940 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i); 3941 3942 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr); 3943 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr); 3944 } 3945 3946 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy); 3947 } else { 3948 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory 3949 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8; 3950 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && 3951 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) && 3952 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) { 3953 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3954 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3955 3956 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3957 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 3958 3959 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 3960 } 3961 3962 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy); 3963 } 3964 3965 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 3966 3967 //======================================= 3968 // Argument was on the stack 3969 //======================================= 3970 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock); 3971 3972 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr; 3973 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p"); 3974 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack"); 3975 3976 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and 3977 // floating-point ones might be affected. 3978 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 3979 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3980 3981 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3982 3983 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3984 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1), 3985 "align_stack"); 3986 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 3987 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align), 3988 "align_stack"); 3989 3990 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 3991 } 3992 3993 uint64_t StackSize; 3994 if (IsIndirect) 3995 StackSize = 8; 3996 else 3997 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3998 3999 // All stack slots are 8 bytes 4000 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8); 4001 4002 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize); 4003 llvm::Value *NewStack = 4004 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack"); 4005 4006 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg 4007 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p); 4008 4009 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && 4010 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) { 4011 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4012 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4013 4014 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4015 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 4016 4017 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4018 } 4019 4020 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy); 4021 4022 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 4023 4024 //======================================= 4025 // Tidy up 4026 //======================================= 4027 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 4028 4029 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr"); 4030 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 4031 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock); 4032 4033 if (IsIndirect) 4034 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"); 4035 4036 return ResAddr; 4037 } 4038 4039 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4040 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4041 4042 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0; 4043 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false; 4044 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR, 4045 IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/); 4046 4047 return EmitAArch64VAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, AllocatedGPR, AllocatedVFP, 4048 AI.isIndirect(), CGF); 4049 } 4050 4051 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4052 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4053 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types. 4054 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for 4055 // other cases. 4056 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) 4057 return nullptr; 4058 4059 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4060 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4061 4062 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4063 bool isHA = isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), true); 4064 4065 bool isIndirect = false; 4066 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should 4067 // be passed indirectly. 4068 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) { 4069 isIndirect = true; 4070 Size = 8; 4071 Align = 8; 4072 } 4073 4074 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 4075 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP); 4076 4077 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4078 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4079 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4080 4081 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4082 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4083 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4084 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4085 } 4086 4087 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8; 4088 if (Align > MinABIAlign) { 4089 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 4090 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 4091 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4092 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1)); 4093 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask); 4094 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align"); 4095 } 4096 4097 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign); 4098 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP( 4099 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next"); 4100 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4101 4102 if (isIndirect) 4103 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4104 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4105 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4106 4107 return AddrTyped; 4108 } 4109 4110 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4111 // ARM ABI Implementation 4112 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4113 4114 namespace { 4115 4116 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4117 public: 4118 enum ABIKind { 4119 APCS = 0, 4120 AAPCS = 1, 4121 AAPCS_VFP 4122 }; 4123 4124 private: 4125 ABIKind Kind; 4126 mutable int VFPRegs[16]; 4127 const unsigned NumVFPs; 4128 const unsigned NumGPRs; 4129 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs; 4130 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs; 4131 4132 public: 4133 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind), 4134 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) { 4135 setRuntimeCC(); 4136 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4137 } 4138 4139 bool isEABI() const { 4140 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4141 case llvm::Triple::Android: 4142 case llvm::Triple::EABI: 4143 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4144 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI: 4145 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4146 return true; 4147 default: 4148 return false; 4149 } 4150 } 4151 4152 bool isEABIHF() const { 4153 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4154 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4155 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4156 return true; 4157 default: 4158 return false; 4159 } 4160 } 4161 4162 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 4163 4164 private: 4165 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; 4166 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic, 4167 bool &IsCPRC) const; 4168 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 4169 4170 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4171 4172 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4173 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4174 4175 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const; 4176 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const; 4177 void setRuntimeCC(); 4178 4179 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4180 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4181 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const; 4182 }; 4183 4184 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4185 public: 4186 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) 4187 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {} 4188 4189 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 4190 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 4191 } 4192 4193 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 4194 return 13; 4195 } 4196 4197 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { 4198 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 4199 } 4200 4201 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 4202 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 4203 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 4204 4205 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 4206 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15); 4207 return false; 4208 } 4209 4210 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 4211 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88; 4212 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException(); 4213 } 4214 4215 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4216 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 4217 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 4218 if (!FD) 4219 return; 4220 4221 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>(); 4222 if (!Attr) 4223 return; 4224 4225 const char *Kind; 4226 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) { 4227 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break; 4228 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break; 4229 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break; 4230 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break; 4231 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break; 4232 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break; 4233 } 4234 4235 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 4236 4237 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind); 4238 4239 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS) 4240 return; 4241 4242 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface, 4243 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct 4244 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue. 4245 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 4246 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8); 4247 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4248 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 4249 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4250 B)); 4251 } 4252 4253 }; 4254 4255 } 4256 4257 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4258 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the 4259 // VFP registers allocated so far. 4260 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4261 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4262 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4263 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4264 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4265 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4266 4267 const bool isAAPCS_VFP = 4268 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !FI.isVariadic(); 4269 4270 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 4271 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 4272 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4273 } else { 4274 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic()); 4275 } 4276 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 4277 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs; 4278 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs; 4279 bool IsCPRC = false; 4280 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers 4281 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments. 4282 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC); 4283 4284 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running 4285 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and 4286 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the 4287 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could 4288 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as 4289 // unusable anyway. 4290 // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the 4291 // backend can handle that situation correctly. 4292 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs; 4293 const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal(); 4294 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs && 4295 StackUsed && !IsByVal) { 4296 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 4297 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs); 4298 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) { 4299 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */, 4300 PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4301 } else { 4302 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */, 4303 PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4304 } 4305 } 4306 } 4307 4308 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 4309 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4310 return; 4311 4312 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC(); 4313 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4314 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc); 4315 } 4316 4317 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use. 4318 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const { 4319 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer. 4320 if (isEABIHF()) 4321 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4322 else if (isEABI()) 4323 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4324 else 4325 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4326 } 4327 4328 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use 4329 /// as the C calling convention. 4330 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const { 4331 switch (getABIKind()) { 4332 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4333 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4334 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4335 } 4336 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind"); 4337 } 4338 4339 void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() { 4340 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C); 4341 4342 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if 4343 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple. 4344 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC(); 4345 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC()) 4346 RuntimeCC = abiCC; 4347 } 4348 4349 /// isARMHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous 4350 /// aggregate. If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements 4351 /// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the 4352 /// recursive calls that check aggregate component types. 4353 static bool isARMHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 4354 ASTContext &Context, bool isAArch64, 4355 uint64_t *HAMembers) { 4356 uint64_t Members = 0; 4357 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 4358 if (!isARMHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, isAArch64, &Members)) 4359 return false; 4360 Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4361 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4362 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4363 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4364 return false; 4365 4366 Members = 0; 4367 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 4368 uint64_t FldMembers; 4369 if (!isARMHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, isAArch64, &FldMembers)) 4370 return false; 4371 4372 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 4373 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 4374 } 4375 } else { 4376 Members = 1; 4377 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4378 Members = 2; 4379 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 4380 } 4381 4382 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float, 4383 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. "long double" has the same machine 4384 // type as double, so it is also allowed as a base type. 4385 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating 4386 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI, 4387 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed, 4388 // including __fp16. 4389 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4390 if (isAArch64) { 4391 if (!BT->isFloatingPoint()) 4392 return false; 4393 } else { 4394 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float && 4395 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double && 4396 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble) 4397 return false; 4398 } 4399 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4400 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT); 4401 if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128) 4402 return false; 4403 } else { 4404 return false; 4405 } 4406 4407 // The base type must be the same for all members. Vector types of the 4408 // same total size are treated as being equivalent here. 4409 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 4410 if (!Base) 4411 Base = TyPtr; 4412 4413 if (Base != TyPtr) { 4414 // Homogeneous aggregates are defined as containing members with the 4415 // same machine type. There are two cases in which two members have 4416 // different TypePtrs but the same machine type: 4417 4418 // 1) Vectors of the same length, regardless of the type and number 4419 // of their members. 4420 const bool SameLengthVectors = Base->isVectorType() && TyPtr->isVectorType() 4421 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr)); 4422 4423 // 2) In the 32-bit AAPCS, `double' and `long double' have the same 4424 // machine type. This is not the case for the 64-bit AAPCS. 4425 const bool SameSizeDoubles = 4426 ( ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) 4427 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)) 4428 || ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble) 4429 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))) 4430 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr)); 4431 4432 if (!SameLengthVectors && !SameSizeDoubles) 4433 return false; 4434 } 4435 } 4436 4437 // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type. 4438 if (HAMembers) 4439 *HAMembers = Members; 4440 4441 return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4); 4442 } 4443 4444 /// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and 4445 /// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested. 4446 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, 4447 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4448 // Early Exit. 4449 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) { 4450 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on 4451 // the stack. 4452 AllocatedVFPs = 17; 4453 return; 4454 } 4455 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4456 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4457 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4458 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) { 4459 bool FoundSlot = true; 4460 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4461 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) { 4462 FoundSlot = false; 4463 break; 4464 } 4465 if (FoundSlot) { 4466 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4467 VFPRegs[J] = 1; 4468 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired; 4469 return; 4470 } 4471 } 4472 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4473 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4474 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++) 4475 VFPRegs[I] = 1; 4476 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers. 4477 } 4478 4479 /// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers 4480 /// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4, 4481 /// this represents arguments being stored on the stack. 4482 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, 4483 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4484 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes"); 4485 4486 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1) 4487 AllocatedGPRs += 1; 4488 4489 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired; 4490 } 4491 4492 void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const { 4493 AllocatedGPRs = 0; 4494 AllocatedVFPs = 0; 4495 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i) 4496 VFPRegs[i] = 0; 4497 } 4498 4499 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic, 4500 bool &IsCPRC) const { 4501 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to 4502 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs: 4503 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted 4504 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type; 4505 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate 4506 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type, 4507 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one 4508 // to four Elements. 4509 4510 const bool isAAPCS_VFP = 4511 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4512 4513 // Handle illegal vector types here. 4514 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 4515 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4516 if (Size <= 32) { 4517 llvm::Type *ResType = 4518 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4519 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4520 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4521 } 4522 if (Size == 64) { 4523 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4524 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 4525 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){ 4526 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2); 4527 } else { 4528 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4529 IsCPRC = true; 4530 } 4531 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4532 } 4533 if (Size == 128) { 4534 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4535 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 4536 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) { 4537 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4); 4538 } else { 4539 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4); 4540 IsCPRC = true; 4541 } 4542 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4543 } 4544 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4545 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 4546 } 4547 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types. 4548 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4549 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4550 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4551 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64. 4552 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32); 4553 IsCPRC = true; 4554 } 4555 } 4556 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types. 4557 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4558 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4559 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || 4560 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) { 4561 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1); 4562 IsCPRC = true; 4563 } 4564 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 4565 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 4566 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4567 IsCPRC = true; 4568 } 4569 } 4570 } 4571 4572 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 4573 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4574 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 4575 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4576 } 4577 4578 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4579 if (!IsCPRC) 4580 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32); 4581 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() 4582 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4583 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP)); 4584 } 4585 4586 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 4587 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4588 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 4589 } 4590 4591 // Ignore empty records. 4592 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 4593 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4594 4595 if (isAAPCS_VFP) { 4596 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate 4597 // into VFP registers. 4598 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4599 uint64_t Members = 0; 4600 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), false, &Members)) { 4601 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4602 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector. 4603 if (Base->isVectorType()) { 4604 // ElementSize is in number of floats. 4605 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4; 4606 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize, 4607 Members * ElementSize); 4608 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) 4609 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members); 4610 else { 4611 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 4612 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)); 4613 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2); 4614 } 4615 IsCPRC = true; 4616 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4617 } 4618 } 4619 4620 // Support byval for ARM. 4621 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at 4622 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger 4623 // than ABI alignment. 4624 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4; 4625 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4626 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4627 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4628 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4629 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) { 4630 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the 4631 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available 4632 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the 4633 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled. 4634 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4); 4635 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 4636 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 4637 } 4638 4639 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size. 4640 llvm::Type* ElemTy; 4641 unsigned SizeRegs; 4642 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where 4643 // we can. 4644 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) { 4645 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4646 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 4647 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs); 4648 } else { 4649 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 4650 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64; 4651 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2); 4652 } 4653 4654 llvm::Type *STy = 4655 llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL); 4656 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4657 } 4658 4659 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context, 4660 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) { 4661 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure 4662 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and 4663 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero. 4664 4665 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 4666 4667 // Check that the type fits in a word. 4668 if (Size > 32) 4669 return false; 4670 4671 // FIXME: Handle vector types! 4672 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 4673 return false; 4674 4675 // Float types are never treated as "integer like". 4676 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType()) 4677 return false; 4678 4679 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok. 4680 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType()) 4681 return true; 4682 4683 // Small complex integer types are "integer like". 4684 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4685 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext); 4686 4687 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition 4688 // above, but they are not. 4689 4690 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 4691 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 4692 if (!RT) return false; 4693 4694 // Ignore records with flexible arrays. 4695 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4696 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4697 return false; 4698 4699 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer 4700 // like". 4701 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4702 4703 bool HadField = false; 4704 unsigned idx = 0; 4705 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 4706 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 4707 const FieldDecl *FD = *i; 4708 4709 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer 4710 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example: 4711 // struct { int : 0; int x } 4712 // is non-integer like according to gcc. 4713 if (FD->isBitField()) { 4714 if (!RD->isUnion()) 4715 HadField = true; 4716 4717 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4718 return false; 4719 4720 continue; 4721 } 4722 4723 // Check if this field is at offset 0. 4724 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0) 4725 return false; 4726 4727 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4728 return false; 4729 4730 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the 4731 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an 4732 // empty structure. 4733 if (!RD->isUnion()) { 4734 if (HadField) 4735 return false; 4736 4737 HadField = true; 4738 } 4739 } 4740 4741 return true; 4742 } 4743 4744 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, 4745 bool isVariadic) const { 4746 const bool isAAPCS_VFP = 4747 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4748 4749 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4750 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4751 4752 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 4753 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) { 4754 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4755 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4756 } 4757 4758 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 4759 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4760 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4761 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4762 4763 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() 4764 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4765 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP)); 4766 } 4767 4768 // Are we following APCS? 4769 if (getABIKind() == APCS) { 4770 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false)) 4771 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4772 4773 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers. 4774 // 4775 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them 4776 // correctly. 4777 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 4778 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get( 4779 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy))); 4780 4781 // Integer like structures are returned in r0. 4782 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) { 4783 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4784 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4785 if (Size <= 8) 4786 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4787 if (Size <= 16) 4788 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 4789 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4790 } 4791 4792 // Otherwise return in memory. 4793 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4794 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4795 } 4796 4797 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant. 4798 4799 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 4800 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4801 4802 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP. 4803 if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4804 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4805 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext(), false)) { 4806 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4807 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly. 4808 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4809 } 4810 } 4811 4812 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 4813 // are returned indirectly. 4814 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4815 if (Size <= 32) { 4816 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) 4817 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4) 4818 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4819 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4820 4821 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4822 if (Size <= 8) 4823 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4824 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4825 if (Size <= 16) 4826 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4827 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4828 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4829 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4830 } 4831 4832 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4833 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4834 } 4835 4836 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type. 4837 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 4838 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4839 // Check whether VT is legal. 4840 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 4841 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4842 // NumElements should be power of 2. 4843 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0) 4844 return true; 4845 // Size should be greater than 32 bits. 4846 return Size <= 32; 4847 } 4848 return false; 4849 } 4850 4851 llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4852 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4853 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 4854 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 4855 4856 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4857 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4858 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4859 4860 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4861 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4862 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4863 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4864 } 4865 4866 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4867 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4868 bool IsIndirect = false; 4869 4870 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for 4871 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte. 4872 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4873 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4874 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4875 else 4876 TyAlign = 4; 4877 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes. 4878 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) { 4879 IsIndirect = true; 4880 Size = 4; 4881 TyAlign = 4; 4882 } 4883 4884 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes. 4885 if (TyAlign > 4) { 4886 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 && 4887 "Alignment is not power of 2!"); 4888 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty); 4889 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1)); 4890 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1))); 4891 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 4892 } 4893 4894 uint64_t Offset = 4895 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4); 4896 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 4897 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 4898 "ap.next"); 4899 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4900 4901 if (IsIndirect) 4902 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4903 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) { 4904 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur 4905 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned 4906 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary 4907 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater 4908 // than the ABI alignment. 4909 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy(); 4910 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty); 4911 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty), 4912 "var.align"); 4913 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy); 4914 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy); 4915 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src, 4916 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()), 4917 TyAlign, false); 4918 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location. 4919 } 4920 llvm::Type *PTy = 4921 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4922 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4923 4924 return AddrTyped; 4925 } 4926 4927 namespace { 4928 4929 class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4930 public: 4931 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 4932 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {} 4933 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4934 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4935 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4936 private: 4937 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 4938 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 4939 }; 4940 4941 class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4942 public: 4943 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 4944 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 4945 }; 4946 4947 } 4948 4949 void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4950 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 4951 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 4952 else 4953 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI); 4954 } 4955 4956 llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4957 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4958 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 4959 // is unsupported. 4960 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 4961 } 4962 4963 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4964 // NVPTX ABI Implementation 4965 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4966 4967 namespace { 4968 4969 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4970 public: 4971 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 4972 4973 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 4974 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 4975 4976 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4977 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4978 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override; 4979 }; 4980 4981 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4982 public: 4983 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 4984 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {} 4985 4986 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4987 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 4988 private: 4989 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the 4990 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode. 4991 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand); 4992 }; 4993 4994 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 4995 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4996 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4997 4998 // note: this is different from default ABI 4999 if (!RetTy->isScalarType()) 5000 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5001 5002 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5003 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5004 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5005 5006 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5007 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5008 } 5009 5010 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5011 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5012 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5013 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5014 5015 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5016 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5017 } 5018 5019 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5020 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5021 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5022 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5023 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5024 5025 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 5026 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 5027 return; 5028 5029 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC()); 5030 } 5031 5032 llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5033 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const { 5034 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs"); 5035 } 5036 5037 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo:: 5038 SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5039 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{ 5040 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5041 if (!FD) return; 5042 5043 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5044 5045 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode 5046 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5047 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions 5048 // By default, all functions are device functions 5049 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5050 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata 5051 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5052 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5053 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5054 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5055 } 5056 } 5057 5058 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode. 5059 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5060 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since 5061 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not 5062 // need to set the noinline attribute. 5063 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) { 5064 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5065 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5066 } 5067 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) { 5068 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node 5069 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", 5070 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads()); 5071 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a 5072 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in 5073 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we 5074 // don't have to add a PTX directive. 5075 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks(); 5076 if (MinCTASM > 0) { 5077 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node 5078 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM); 5079 } 5080 } 5081 } 5082 } 5083 5084 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, 5085 int Operand) { 5086 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent(); 5087 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext(); 5088 5089 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node 5090 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations"); 5091 5092 llvm::Value *MDVals[] = { 5093 F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name), 5094 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)}; 5095 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations 5096 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 5097 } 5098 } 5099 5100 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5101 // SystemZ ABI Implementation 5102 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5103 5104 namespace { 5105 5106 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5107 public: 5108 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5109 5110 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const; 5111 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const; 5112 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5113 5114 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5115 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const; 5116 5117 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 5118 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5119 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5120 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5121 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5122 } 5123 5124 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5125 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5126 }; 5127 5128 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5129 public: 5130 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5131 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5132 }; 5133 5134 } 5135 5136 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const { 5137 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5138 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5139 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5140 5141 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 5142 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5143 return true; 5144 5145 // 32-bit values must also be promoted. 5146 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5147 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5148 case BuiltinType::Int: 5149 case BuiltinType::UInt: 5150 return true; 5151 default: 5152 return false; 5153 } 5154 return false; 5155 } 5156 5157 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const { 5158 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty); 5159 } 5160 5161 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5162 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5163 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5164 case BuiltinType::Float: 5165 case BuiltinType::Double: 5166 return true; 5167 default: 5168 return false; 5169 } 5170 5171 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) { 5172 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5173 bool Found = false; 5174 5175 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 5176 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 5177 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 5178 QualType Base = I.getType(); 5179 5180 // Empty bases don't affect things either way. 5181 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true)) 5182 continue; 5183 5184 if (Found) 5185 return false; 5186 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base); 5187 if (!Found) 5188 return false; 5189 } 5190 5191 // Check the fields. 5192 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 5193 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way. 5194 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields 5195 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized. 5196 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 5197 return true; 5198 5199 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count. 5200 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though. 5201 if (Found) 5202 return false; 5203 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType()); 5204 if (!Found) 5205 return false; 5206 } 5207 5208 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed. 5209 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double. 5210 return Found; 5211 } 5212 5213 return false; 5214 } 5215 5216 llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5217 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5218 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 5219 // struct { 5220 // i64 __gpr; 5221 // i64 __fpr; 5222 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area; 5223 // i8 *__reg_save_area; 5224 // }; 5225 5226 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either 5227 // GPRs or FPRs. 5228 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 5229 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 5230 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty); 5231 5232 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 5233 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 5234 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize; 5235 if (IsIndirect) { 5236 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy); 5237 UnpaddedBitSize = 64; 5238 } else 5239 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5240 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64; 5241 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size."); 5242 5243 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8; 5244 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8; 5245 5246 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding; 5247 if (InFPRs) { 5248 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments 5249 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr 5250 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0 5251 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR 5252 } else { 5253 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments 5254 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr 5255 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2 5256 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR 5257 } 5258 5259 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr = 5260 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr"); 5261 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count"); 5262 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType(); 5263 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs); 5264 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV, 5265 "fits_in_regs"); 5266 5267 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 5268 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 5269 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 5270 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 5271 5272 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 5273 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 5274 5275 // Work out the address of an argument register. 5276 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize); 5277 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount = 5278 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count"); 5279 llvm::Value *RegBase = 5280 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding); 5281 llvm::Value *RegOffset = 5282 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset"); 5283 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr = 5284 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr"); 5285 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = 5286 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area"); 5287 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr = 5288 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr"); 5289 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 5290 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr"); 5291 5292 // Update the register count 5293 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1); 5294 llvm::Value *NewRegCount = 5295 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count"); 5296 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr); 5297 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5298 5299 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 5300 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 5301 5302 // Work out the address of a stack argument. 5303 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr = 5304 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr"); 5305 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea = 5306 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"); 5307 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding); 5308 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr = 5309 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr"); 5310 llvm::Value *MemAddr = 5311 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr"); 5312 5313 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer 5314 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea = 5315 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area"); 5316 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr); 5317 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5318 5319 // Return the appropriate result. 5320 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 5321 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr"); 5322 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 5323 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 5324 5325 if (IsIndirect) 5326 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"); 5327 5328 return ResAddr; 5329 } 5330 5331 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5332 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5333 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5334 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5335 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5336 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ? 5337 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5338 } 5339 5340 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5341 // Handle the generic C++ ABI. 5342 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5343 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5344 5345 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width. 5346 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty)) 5347 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5348 5349 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly. 5350 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5351 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64) 5352 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5353 5354 // Handle small structures. 5355 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5356 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really 5357 // fail the size test above. 5358 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5359 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 5360 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5361 5362 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double. 5363 llvm::Type *PassTy; 5364 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) { 5365 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64); 5366 if (Size == 32) 5367 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 5368 else 5369 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 5370 } else 5371 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 5372 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy); 5373 } 5374 5375 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly. 5376 if (isCompoundType(Ty)) 5377 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5378 5379 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr); 5380 } 5381 5382 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5383 // MSP430 ABI Implementation 5384 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5385 5386 namespace { 5387 5388 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5389 public: 5390 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5391 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5392 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5393 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5394 }; 5395 5396 } 5397 5398 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5399 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5400 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5401 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 5402 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) { 5403 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute: 5404 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5405 5406 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention. 5407 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR); 5408 5409 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness. 5410 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5411 5412 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias. 5413 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2; 5414 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, 5415 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F); 5416 } 5417 } 5418 } 5419 5420 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5421 // MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and 5422 // big-endian variants. 5423 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5424 5425 namespace { 5426 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5427 bool IsO32; 5428 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes; 5429 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5430 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const; 5431 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const; 5432 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const; 5433 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const; 5434 public: 5435 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) : 5436 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8), 5437 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {} 5438 5439 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5440 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const; 5441 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5442 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5443 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5444 }; 5445 5446 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5447 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException; 5448 public: 5449 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32) 5450 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)), 5451 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {} 5452 5453 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5454 return 29; 5455 } 5456 5457 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5458 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5459 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5460 if (!FD) return; 5461 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5462 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) { 5463 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16"); 5464 } 5465 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) { 5466 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16"); 5467 } 5468 } 5469 5470 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5471 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 5472 5473 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 5474 return SizeOfUnwindException; 5475 } 5476 }; 5477 } 5478 5479 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5480 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const { 5481 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = 5482 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5483 5484 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy. 5485 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N) 5486 ArgList.push_back(IntTy); 5487 5488 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList. 5489 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5490 5491 if (R) 5492 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R)); 5493 } 5494 5495 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in 5496 // a register. 5497 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const { 5498 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList; 5499 5500 if (IsO32) { 5501 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5502 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5503 } 5504 5505 if (Ty->isComplexType()) 5506 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 5507 5508 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 5509 5510 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers. 5511 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5512 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5513 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5514 } 5515 5516 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5517 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5518 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8."); 5519 5520 uint64_t LastOffset = 0; 5521 unsigned idx = 0; 5522 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64); 5523 5524 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned 5525 // double fields. 5526 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5527 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 5528 const QualType Ty = i->getType(); 5529 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5530 5531 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double) 5532 continue; 5533 5534 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 5535 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned. 5536 continue; 5537 5538 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64. 5539 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j) 5540 ArgList.push_back(I64); 5541 5542 // Add double type. 5543 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext())); 5544 LastOffset = Offset + 64; 5545 } 5546 5547 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList); 5548 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end()); 5549 5550 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5551 } 5552 5553 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset, 5554 uint64_t Offset) const { 5555 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset) 5556 return nullptr; 5557 5558 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8); 5559 } 5560 5561 ABIArgInfo 5562 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const { 5563 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset; 5564 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5565 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 5566 5567 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes), 5568 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes); 5569 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align); 5570 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8; 5571 5572 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) { 5573 // Ignore empty aggregates. 5574 if (TySize == 0) 5575 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5576 5577 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 5578 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 5579 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5580 } 5581 5582 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to 5583 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the 5584 // aggregate is unaligned. 5585 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0, 5586 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5587 } 5588 5589 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5590 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5591 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5592 5593 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5594 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5595 5596 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( 5597 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5598 } 5599 5600 llvm::Type* 5601 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const { 5602 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5603 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList; 5604 5605 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5606 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5607 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5608 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount(); 5609 5610 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the 5611 // following conditions are met: 5612 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit. 5613 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating 5614 // point types. 5615 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does). 5616 // 5617 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers. 5618 // 5619 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) { 5620 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5621 for (; b != e; ++b) { 5622 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5623 5624 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint()) 5625 break; 5626 5627 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType())); 5628 } 5629 5630 if (b == e) 5631 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList, 5632 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()); 5633 5634 RTList.clear(); 5635 } 5636 } 5637 5638 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList); 5639 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList); 5640 } 5641 5642 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5643 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5644 5645 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5646 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5647 5648 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs. 5649 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values. 5650 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0) 5651 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5652 5653 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) { 5654 if (Size <= 128) { 5655 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 5656 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5657 5658 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small 5659 // aggregates in registers. 5660 if (!IsO32 || 5661 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) { 5662 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 5663 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size)); 5664 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 5665 return ArgInfo; 5666 } 5667 } 5668 5669 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5670 } 5671 5672 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5673 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5674 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5675 5676 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5677 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5678 } 5679 5680 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5681 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo(); 5682 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5683 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5684 5685 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument. 5686 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0; 5687 5688 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5689 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset); 5690 } 5691 5692 llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5693 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5694 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 5695 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5696 5697 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5698 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 5699 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5700 int64_t TypeAlign = 5701 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes); 5702 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5703 llvm::Value *AddrTyped; 5704 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0); 5705 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty; 5706 5707 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) { 5708 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy); 5709 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1); 5710 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign); 5711 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc); 5712 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask); 5713 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy); 5714 } 5715 else 5716 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5717 5718 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP); 5719 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes); 5720 uint64_t Offset = 5721 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign); 5722 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5723 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset), 5724 "ap.next"); 5725 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5726 5727 return AddrTyped; 5728 } 5729 5730 bool 5731 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5732 llvm::Value *Address) const { 5733 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to 5734 // as canonical as it gets. 5735 5736 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers 5737 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers. 5738 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 5739 5740 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31. 5741 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31. 5742 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo. 5743 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return. 5744 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65); 5745 5746 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7. 5747 // They are one bit wide and ignored here. 5748 5749 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31. 5750 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit) 5751 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31. 5752 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31. 5753 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers. 5754 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181); 5755 return false; 5756 } 5757 5758 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5759 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults. 5760 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute 5761 // handling. 5762 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5763 5764 namespace { 5765 5766 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 5767 public: 5768 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5769 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 5770 5771 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5772 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5773 }; 5774 5775 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5776 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5777 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5778 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5779 if (!FD) return; 5780 5781 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5782 5783 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5784 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5785 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5786 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5787 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>(); 5788 if (Attr) { 5789 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata. 5790 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext(); 5791 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata = 5792 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info"); 5793 5794 SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands; 5795 Operands.push_back(F); 5796 5797 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5798 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))); 5799 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5800 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))); 5801 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5802 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))); 5803 5804 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false) 5805 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently 5806 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented. 5807 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)); 5808 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands)); 5809 } 5810 } 5811 } 5812 } 5813 5814 } 5815 5816 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5817 // Hexagon ABI Implementation 5818 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5819 5820 namespace { 5821 5822 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5823 5824 5825 public: 5826 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5827 5828 private: 5829 5830 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5831 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 5832 5833 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5834 5835 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5836 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5837 }; 5838 5839 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5840 public: 5841 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5842 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5843 5844 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 5845 return 29; 5846 } 5847 }; 5848 5849 } 5850 5851 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5852 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5853 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5854 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5855 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5856 } 5857 5858 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5859 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 5860 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5861 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5862 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5863 5864 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5865 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5866 } 5867 5868 // Ignore empty records. 5869 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 5870 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5871 5872 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5873 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5874 5875 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5876 if (Size > 64) 5877 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 5878 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type. 5879 else if (Size > 32) 5880 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 5881 else if (Size > 16) 5882 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5883 else if (Size > 8) 5884 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5885 else 5886 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5887 } 5888 5889 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5890 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5891 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5892 5893 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 5894 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5895 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5896 5897 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 5898 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5899 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5900 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5901 5902 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5903 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5904 } 5905 5906 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 5907 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5908 5909 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 5910 // are returned indirectly. 5911 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5912 if (Size <= 64) { 5913 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 5914 if (Size <= 8) 5915 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5916 if (Size <= 16) 5917 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5918 if (Size <= 32) 5919 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5920 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 5921 } 5922 5923 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 5924 } 5925 5926 llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5927 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5928 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment 5929 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5930 5931 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5932 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 5933 "ap"); 5934 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5935 llvm::Type *PTy = 5936 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5937 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5938 5939 uint64_t Offset = 5940 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4); 5941 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5942 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 5943 "ap.next"); 5944 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5945 5946 return AddrTyped; 5947 } 5948 5949 5950 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5951 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation. 5952 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1. 5953 // 5954 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to 5955 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in 5956 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly. 5957 // 5958 // One case requires special care: 5959 // 5960 // struct mixed { 5961 // int i; 5962 // float f; 5963 // }; 5964 // 5965 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the 5966 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float 5967 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments 5968 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute: 5969 // 5970 // declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f) 5971 // 5972 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for 5973 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8 5974 // bytes. 5975 // 5976 namespace { 5977 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5978 public: 5979 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5980 5981 private: 5982 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const; 5983 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5984 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5985 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5986 5987 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type 5988 // serves two purposes: 5989 // 5990 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned' 5991 // in registers. 5992 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the 5993 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers. 5994 // 5995 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains 5996 // aligned 32-bit floats. 5997 // 5998 struct CoerceBuilder { 5999 llvm::LLVMContext &Context; 6000 const llvm::DataLayout &DL; 6001 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems; 6002 uint64_t Size; 6003 bool InReg; 6004 6005 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl) 6006 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {} 6007 6008 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize. 6009 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) { 6010 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements"); 6011 if (ToSize == Size) 6012 return; 6013 6014 // Finish the current 64-bit word. 6015 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64); 6016 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) { 6017 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size)); 6018 Size = Aligned; 6019 } 6020 6021 // Add whole 64-bit words. 6022 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) { 6023 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context)); 6024 Size += 64; 6025 } 6026 6027 // Final in-word padding. 6028 if (Size < ToSize) { 6029 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size)); 6030 Size = ToSize; 6031 } 6032 } 6033 6034 // Add a floating point element at Offset. 6035 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) { 6036 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers. 6037 if (Offset % Bits) 6038 return; 6039 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits. 6040 if (Bits < 64) 6041 InReg = true; 6042 pad(Offset); 6043 Elems.push_back(Ty); 6044 Size = Offset + Bits; 6045 } 6046 6047 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits). 6048 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) { 6049 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy); 6050 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { 6051 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i); 6052 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i); 6053 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) { 6054 case llvm::Type::StructTyID: 6055 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy)); 6056 break; 6057 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID: 6058 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32); 6059 break; 6060 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID: 6061 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64); 6062 break; 6063 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID: 6064 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128); 6065 break; 6066 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID: 6067 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) { 6068 pad(ElemOffset); 6069 Elems.push_back(ElemTy); 6070 Size += 64; 6071 } 6072 break; 6073 default: 6074 break; 6075 } 6076 } 6077 } 6078 6079 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type. 6080 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const { 6081 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size()) 6082 return false; 6083 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i) 6084 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i)) 6085 return false; 6086 return true; 6087 } 6088 6089 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type. 6090 llvm::Type *getType() const { 6091 if (Elems.size() == 1) 6092 return Elems.front(); 6093 else 6094 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems); 6095 } 6096 }; 6097 }; 6098 } // end anonymous namespace 6099 6100 ABIArgInfo 6101 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const { 6102 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 6103 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6104 6105 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6106 6107 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect 6108 // pointer / sret pointer. 6109 if (Size > SizeLimit) 6110 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 6111 6112 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6113 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 6114 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6115 6116 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended. 6117 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType()) 6118 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 6119 6120 // Other non-aggregates go in registers. 6121 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 6122 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6123 6124 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial 6125 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer. 6126 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 6127 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 6128 6129 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers. 6130 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type. 6131 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)); 6132 if (!StrTy) 6133 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6134 6135 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout()); 6136 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy); 6137 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64)); 6138 6139 // Try to use the original type for coercion. 6140 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType(); 6141 6142 if (CB.InReg) 6143 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy); 6144 else 6145 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 6146 } 6147 6148 llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6149 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6150 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8); 6151 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6152 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6153 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6154 6155 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 6156 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6157 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 6158 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 6159 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6160 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6161 unsigned Stride; 6162 6163 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6164 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6165 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6166 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6167 6168 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6169 Stride = 8; 6170 ArgAddr = Builder 6171 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy), 6172 "extend"); 6173 break; 6174 6175 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6176 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6177 ArgAddr = Addr; 6178 break; 6179 6180 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6181 Stride = 8; 6182 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, 6183 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy), 6184 "indirect"); 6185 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"); 6186 break; 6187 6188 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6189 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6190 } 6191 6192 // Update VAList. 6193 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next"); 6194 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6195 6196 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr"); 6197 } 6198 6199 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 6200 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8); 6201 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 6202 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8); 6203 } 6204 6205 namespace { 6206 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6207 public: 6208 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6209 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6210 6211 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 6212 return 14; 6213 } 6214 6215 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6216 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 6217 }; 6218 } // end anonymous namespace 6219 6220 bool 6221 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6222 llvm::Value *Address) const { 6223 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 6224 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 6225 6226 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6227 6228 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 6229 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 6230 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 6231 6232 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers 6233 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 6234 6235 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers 6236 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63); 6237 6238 // Y = 64 6239 // PSR = 65 6240 // WIM = 66 6241 // TBR = 67 6242 // PC = 68 6243 // NPC = 69 6244 // FSR = 70 6245 // CSR = 71 6246 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71); 6247 6248 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers 6249 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87); 6250 6251 return false; 6252 } 6253 6254 6255 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6256 // XCore ABI Implementation 6257 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6258 6259 namespace { 6260 6261 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing 6262 /// it by reference between functions that append to it. 6263 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc; 6264 6265 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types. 6266 /// 6267 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold: 6268 /// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses; 6269 /// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion. 6270 /// 6271 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of: 6272 /// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive; 6273 /// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive; 6274 /// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString; 6275 /// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a 6276 /// Recursive type encoding. 6277 /// 6278 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully 6279 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type 6280 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever 6281 /// the type is encountered. 6282 /// 6283 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as 6284 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which 6285 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion 6286 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses 6287 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types. 6288 /// 6289 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its 6290 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and 6291 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and 6292 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion 6293 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed. 6294 /// 6295 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members: 6296 /// 6297 /// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the 6298 /// cached encoding is used; 6299 /// 6300 /// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the 6301 /// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and... 6302 /// 6303 /// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the 6304 /// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member; 6305 /// 6306 /// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete 6307 /// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out 6308 /// it is swapped back in; 6309 /// 6310 /// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete 6311 /// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many 6312 /// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount; 6313 /// 6314 /// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz: 6315 /// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache. 6316 /// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has 6317 /// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member. 6318 /// 6319 class TypeStringCache { 6320 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed}; 6321 struct Entry { 6322 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type. 6323 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'. 6324 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding 6325 // during the expansion of RecordType's members. 6326 }; 6327 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map; 6328 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map. 6329 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map. 6330 public: 6331 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}; 6332 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc); 6333 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6334 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6335 bool IsRecursive); 6336 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6337 }; 6338 6339 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order. 6340 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process. 6341 class FieldEncoding { 6342 bool HasName; 6343 std::string Enc; 6344 public: 6345 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}; 6346 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();}; 6347 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const { 6348 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName; 6349 return Enc < rhs.Enc; 6350 } 6351 }; 6352 6353 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 6354 public: 6355 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 6356 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6357 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6358 }; 6359 6360 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6361 mutable TypeStringCache TSC; 6362 public: 6363 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6364 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6365 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6366 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 6367 }; 6368 6369 } // End anonymous namespace. 6370 6371 llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6372 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6373 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6374 6375 // Get the VAList. 6376 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, 6377 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy); 6378 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP); 6379 6380 // Handle the argument. 6381 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 6382 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6383 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6384 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6385 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6386 llvm::Value *Val; 6387 uint64_t ArgSize = 0; 6388 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6389 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6390 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6391 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6392 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6393 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6394 ArgSize = 0; 6395 break; 6396 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6397 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6398 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy); 6399 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6400 if (ArgSize < 4) 6401 ArgSize = 4; 6402 break; 6403 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6404 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6405 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy)); 6406 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr); 6407 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy); 6408 ArgSize = 4; 6409 break; 6410 } 6411 6412 // Increment the VAList. 6413 if (ArgSize) { 6414 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize); 6415 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6416 } 6417 return Val; 6418 } 6419 6420 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed 6421 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion. 6422 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will 6423 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete(). 6424 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here. 6425 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, 6426 std::string StubEnc) { 6427 if (!ID) 6428 return; 6429 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6430 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && 6431 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete"); 6432 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()"); 6433 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive 6434 E.Str.swap(StubEnc); 6435 E.State = Incomplete; 6436 ++IncompleteCount; 6437 } 6438 6439 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString 6440 /// must be removed from the cache. 6441 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced. 6442 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively. 6443 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6444 if (!ID) 6445 return false; 6446 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6447 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present"); 6448 Entry &E = I->second; 6449 assert( (E.State == Incomplete || 6450 E.State == IncompleteUsed) && 6451 "Entry must be an incomplete type"); 6452 bool IsRecursive = false; 6453 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) { 6454 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive. 6455 IsRecursive = true; 6456 --IncompleteUsedCount; 6457 } 6458 if (E.Swapped.empty()) 6459 Map.erase(I); 6460 else { 6461 // Swap the Recursive back. 6462 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); 6463 E.Swapped.clear(); 6464 E.State = Recursive; 6465 } 6466 --IncompleteCount; 6467 return IsRecursive; 6468 } 6469 6470 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or 6471 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible). 6472 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6473 bool IsRecursive) { 6474 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount) 6475 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add. 6476 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6477 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) { 6478 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() && 6479 "This is not the same Recursive entry"); 6480 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used 6481 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when 6482 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0. 6483 return; 6484 } 6485 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present"); 6486 E.Str = Str.str(); 6487 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive; 6488 } 6489 6490 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we 6491 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached 6492 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef. 6493 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6494 if (!ID) 6495 return StringRef(); // We have no key. 6496 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6497 if (I == Map.end()) 6498 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding. 6499 Entry &E = I->second; 6500 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount) 6501 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types. 6502 6503 if (E.State == Incomplete) { 6504 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion. 6505 E.State = IncompleteUsed; 6506 ++IncompleteUsedCount; 6507 } 6508 return E.Str.c_str(); 6509 } 6510 6511 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol 6512 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify 6513 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al. 6514 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings. 6515 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global 6516 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables. 6517 /// 6518 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details. 6519 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details: 6520 /// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf> 6521 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c. 6522 /// 6523 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6524 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC); 6525 6526 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols. 6527 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6528 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 6529 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6530 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) { 6531 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext(); 6532 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals; 6533 MDVals.push_back(GV); 6534 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str())); 6535 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = 6536 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings"); 6537 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 6538 } 6539 } 6540 6541 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6542 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6543 TypeStringCache &TSC); 6544 6545 /// Helper function for appendRecordType(). 6546 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order. 6547 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE, 6548 const RecordDecl *RD, 6549 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6550 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6551 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) { 6552 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6553 Enc += "m("; 6554 Enc += Field->getName(); 6555 Enc += "){"; 6556 if (Field->isBitField()) { 6557 Enc += "b("; 6558 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc); 6559 OS.resync(); 6560 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext()); 6561 OS.flush(); 6562 Enc += ':'; 6563 } 6564 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC)) 6565 return false; 6566 if (Field->isBitField()) 6567 Enc += ')'; 6568 Enc += '}'; 6569 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc)); 6570 } 6571 return true; 6572 } 6573 6574 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache. 6575 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field. 6576 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI. 6577 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT, 6578 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6579 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6580 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6581 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6582 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6583 Enc += TypeString; 6584 return true; 6585 } 6586 6587 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString. 6588 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6589 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's'); 6590 Enc += '('; 6591 if (ID) 6592 Enc += ID->getName(); 6593 Enc += "){"; 6594 6595 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary. 6596 bool IsRecursive = false; 6597 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition(); 6598 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) { 6599 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType 6600 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a 6601 // complete TypeString for this RecordType. 6602 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6603 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str()); 6604 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString. 6605 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc)); 6606 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) { 6607 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6608 return false; 6609 } 6610 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6611 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures. 6612 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm. 6613 if (RT->isUnionType()) 6614 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6615 // We can now complete the TypeString. 6616 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6617 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6618 if (I) 6619 Enc += ','; 6620 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6621 } 6622 } 6623 Enc += '}'; 6624 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive); 6625 return true; 6626 } 6627 6628 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache. 6629 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET, 6630 TypeStringCache &TSC, 6631 const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6632 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6633 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6634 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6635 Enc += TypeString; 6636 return true; 6637 } 6638 6639 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6640 Enc += "e("; 6641 if (ID) 6642 Enc += ID->getName(); 6643 Enc += "){"; 6644 6645 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically. 6646 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) { 6647 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6648 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E; 6649 ++I) { 6650 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc; 6651 EnumEnc += "m("; 6652 EnumEnc += I->getName(); 6653 EnumEnc += "){"; 6654 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc); 6655 EnumEnc += '}'; 6656 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc)); 6657 } 6658 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6659 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6660 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6661 if (I) 6662 Enc += ','; 6663 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6664 } 6665 } 6666 Enc += '}'; 6667 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false); 6668 return true; 6669 } 6670 6671 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc. 6672 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding. 6673 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) { 6674 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order. 6675 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"}; 6676 int Lookup = 0; 6677 if (QT.isConstQualified()) 6678 Lookup += 1<<0; 6679 if (QT.isRestrictQualified()) 6680 Lookup += 1<<1; 6681 if (QT.isVolatileQualified()) 6682 Lookup += 1<<2; 6683 Enc += Table[Lookup]; 6684 } 6685 6686 /// Appends built-in types to Enc. 6687 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) { 6688 const char *EncType; 6689 switch (BT->getKind()) { 6690 case BuiltinType::Void: 6691 EncType = "0"; 6692 break; 6693 case BuiltinType::Bool: 6694 EncType = "b"; 6695 break; 6696 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 6697 EncType = "uc"; 6698 break; 6699 case BuiltinType::UChar: 6700 EncType = "uc"; 6701 break; 6702 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6703 EncType = "sc"; 6704 break; 6705 case BuiltinType::UShort: 6706 EncType = "us"; 6707 break; 6708 case BuiltinType::Short: 6709 EncType = "ss"; 6710 break; 6711 case BuiltinType::UInt: 6712 EncType = "ui"; 6713 break; 6714 case BuiltinType::Int: 6715 EncType = "si"; 6716 break; 6717 case BuiltinType::ULong: 6718 EncType = "ul"; 6719 break; 6720 case BuiltinType::Long: 6721 EncType = "sl"; 6722 break; 6723 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 6724 EncType = "ull"; 6725 break; 6726 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 6727 EncType = "sll"; 6728 break; 6729 case BuiltinType::Float: 6730 EncType = "ft"; 6731 break; 6732 case BuiltinType::Double: 6733 EncType = "d"; 6734 break; 6735 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 6736 EncType = "ld"; 6737 break; 6738 default: 6739 return false; 6740 } 6741 Enc += EncType; 6742 return true; 6743 } 6744 6745 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee. 6746 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT, 6747 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6748 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6749 Enc += "p("; 6750 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC)) 6751 return false; 6752 Enc += ')'; 6753 return true; 6754 } 6755 6756 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element. 6757 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT, 6758 const ArrayType *AT, 6759 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6760 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) { 6761 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal) 6762 return false; 6763 Enc += "a("; 6764 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 6765 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc); 6766 else 6767 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "". 6768 Enc += ':'; 6769 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6770 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6771 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC)) 6772 return false; 6773 Enc += ')'; 6774 return true; 6775 } 6776 6777 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type 6778 /// and the arguments. 6779 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT, 6780 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6781 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6782 Enc += "f{"; 6783 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC)) 6784 return false; 6785 Enc += "}("; 6786 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6787 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types. 6788 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin(); 6789 auto E = FPT->param_type_end(); 6790 if (I != E) { 6791 do { 6792 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC)) 6793 return false; 6794 ++I; 6795 if (I != E) 6796 Enc += ','; 6797 } while (I != E); 6798 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6799 Enc += ",va"; 6800 } else { 6801 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6802 Enc += "va"; 6803 else 6804 Enc += '0'; 6805 } 6806 } 6807 Enc += ')'; 6808 return true; 6809 } 6810 6811 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific 6812 /// type encodings. 6813 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6814 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6815 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6816 6817 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType(); 6818 6819 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) 6820 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6821 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 6822 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, ""); 6823 6824 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6825 6826 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 6827 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT); 6828 6829 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) 6830 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC); 6831 6832 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>()) 6833 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6834 6835 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType()) 6836 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6837 6838 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType()) 6839 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6840 6841 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>()) 6842 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC); 6843 6844 return false; 6845 } 6846 6847 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6848 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6849 if (!D) 6850 return false; 6851 6852 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 6853 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 6854 return false; 6855 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC); 6856 } 6857 6858 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 6859 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 6860 return false; 6861 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType(); 6862 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) { 6863 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown. 6864 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6865 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 6866 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*"); 6867 } 6868 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC); 6869 } 6870 return false; 6871 } 6872 6873 6874 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6875 // Driver code 6876 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6877 6878 const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const { 6879 return getTarget().getTriple(); 6880 } 6881 6882 bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const { 6883 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO(); 6884 } 6885 6886 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() { 6887 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo) 6888 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; 6889 6890 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple(); 6891 switch (Triple.getArch()) { 6892 default: 6893 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6894 6895 case llvm::Triple::le32: 6896 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6897 case llvm::Triple::mips: 6898 case llvm::Triple::mipsel: 6899 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true)); 6900 6901 case llvm::Triple::mips64: 6902 case llvm::Triple::mips64el: 6903 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false)); 6904 6905 case llvm::Triple::aarch64: 6906 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: { 6907 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS; 6908 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs") 6909 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS; 6910 6911 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6912 } 6913 6914 case llvm::Triple::arm: 6915 case llvm::Triple::armeb: 6916 case llvm::Triple::thumb: 6917 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb: 6918 { 6919 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS; 6920 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu") 6921 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS; 6922 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" || 6923 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" && 6924 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF)) 6925 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP; 6926 6927 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 6928 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 6929 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6930 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6931 default: 6932 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6933 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6934 } 6935 } 6936 6937 case llvm::Triple::ppc: 6938 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6939 case llvm::Triple::ppc64: 6940 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) { 6941 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 6942 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2") 6943 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 6944 6945 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6946 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6947 } else 6948 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6949 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: { 6950 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!"); 6951 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 6952 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1") 6953 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 6954 6955 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6956 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6957 } 6958 6959 case llvm::Triple::nvptx: 6960 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64: 6961 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6962 6963 case llvm::Triple::msp430: 6964 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6965 6966 case llvm::Triple::systemz: 6967 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6968 6969 case llvm::Triple::tce: 6970 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6971 6972 case llvm::Triple::x86: { 6973 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin(); 6974 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI = 6975 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts); 6976 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment(); 6977 6978 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { 6979 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6980 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6981 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 6982 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 6983 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 6984 } else { 6985 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6986 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6987 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 6988 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 6989 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 6990 } 6991 } 6992 6993 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: { 6994 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx"; 6995 6996 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 6997 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 6998 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6999 new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX)); 7000 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 7001 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7002 new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX)); 7003 default: 7004 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7005 new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX)); 7006 } 7007 } 7008 case llvm::Triple::hexagon: 7009 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7010 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9: 7011 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7012 case llvm::Triple::xcore: 7013 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7014 } 7015 } 7016